Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
AUSTRIA
BELGIUM
Web Site
PORTUGAL
SLOVAKIA
SPAIN
SWEDEN
www.samsung.com/at
www.samsung.com/be (Dutch)
www.samsung.com/be_fr (French)
800 - SAMSUNG (800-726786)
www.samsung.com/cz
Samsung Zrt., esk organizan sloka, Oasis Florenc, Sokolovsk394/17, 180 00, Praha 8
70 70 19 70
www.samsung.com/dk
030 - 6227 515
www.samsung.com/fi
01 48 63 00 00
www.samsung.com/fr
01805 - SAMSUNG (726-7864 0,14/Min)
www.samsung.de
06-80-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
www.samsung.com/hu
800-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
www.samsung.com/it
261 03 710
www.samsung.com/lu
0900-SAMSUNG (0900-7267864) ( 0,10/Min)
www.samsung.com/nl
815-56 480
www.samsung.com/no
0 801 1SAMSUNG (172678)
www.samsung.com/pl
022-607-93-33
80820-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
www.samsung.com/pt
0800-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
www.samsung.com/sk
902 - 1 - SAMSUNG (902 172 678)
www.samsung.com/es
0771 726 7864 (SAMSUNG)
www.samsung.com/se
TURKEY
U.K
EIRE
SWITZERLAND
444 77 11
0845 SAMSUNG (7267864)
0818 717100
0848 - SAMSUNG (7267864, CHF 0.08/min)
LITHUANIA
LATVIA
ESTONIA
8-800-77777
8000-7267
800-7267
CZECH
DENMARK
FINLAND
FRANCE
GERMANY
HUNGARY
ITALIA
LUXEMBURG
NETHERLANDS
NORWAY
POLAND
LED TV
user manual
www.samsung.com/tr
www.samsung.com/uk
www.samsung.com/ie
www.samsung.com/ch
www.samsung.com/ch_fr/(French)
www.samsung.com/lt
www.samsung.com/lv
www.samsung.com/ee
www.samsung.com/register
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 1
BN68-02656G-00
2010-03-02 10:55:39
Figures and illustrations in this User Manual are provided for reference only and may differ from actual product appearance.
Product design and specifications may be changed without notice.
Digital TV notice
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Functionalities related to Digital TV (DVB) are only available in countries/areas where DVB-T (MPEG2 and MPEG4 AVC) digital terrestrial signals are
broadcasted or where you are able to access to a compatible DVB-C (MPEG2 and MPEG4 AAC) cable-TV service. Please check with your local
dealer the possibility to receive DVB-T or DVB-C signal.
DVB-T is the DVB European consortium standard for the broadcast transmission of digital terrestrial television and DVB-C is that for the broadcast
transmission of digital TV over cable. However, some differentiated features like EPG (Electric Programme Guide), VOD (Video On Demand) and so
on, are not included in this specification. So, they cannot be workable at this moment.
Although this TV set meets the latest DVB-T and DVB-C standards, as of [August, 2008], the compatibility with future DVB-T digital terrestrial and
DVB-C digital cable broadcasts cannot be guaranteed.
Depending on the countries/areas where this TV set is used some cable-TV providers may charge an additional fee for such a service and you may
be required to agree to terms and conditions of their business.
Some Digital TV functions might be unavailable in some countries or regions and DVB-C might not work correctly with some cable service providers.
For more information, please contact your local Samsung customer care centre.
The reception quality of TV may be affected due to differences in broadcasting method between the countries. Please check the TV
performance in the local SAMSUNG Authorized Dealer, or the Samsung Call Centre whether it can be improved by reconfiguring TV setting or
not.
When using a stand or wall-mount, use parts provided by Samsung Electronics only.
xx If you use parts provided by another manufacturer, it may result in a problem with the product or an injury due to the product falling.
The appearance may differ depending on the product.
Installation with a stand
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
Correct Disposal of This Product (Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment)
(Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate collection systems)
This marking on the product, accessories or literature indicates that the product and its electronic accessories (e.g. charger,
headset, USB cable) should not be disposed of with other household waste at the end of their working life. To prevent possible
harm to the environment or human health from uncontrolled waste disposal, please separate these items from other types of waste
and recycle them responsibly to promote the sustainable reuse of material resources. Household users should contact either the
retailer where they purchased this product, or their local government office, for details of where and how they can take these items
for environmentally safe recycling. Business users should contact their supplier and check the terms and conditions of the purchase
contract. This product and its electronic accessories should not be mixed with other commercial wastes for disposal.
Correct disposal of batteries in this product
(Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate battery return systems)
This marking on the battery, manual or packaging indicates that the batteries in this product should not be disposed of with other
household waste at the end of their working life. Where marked, the chemical symbols Hg, Cd or Pb indicate that the battery
contains mercury, cadmium or lead above the reference levels in EC Directive 2006/66. If batteries are not properly disposed of,
these substances can cause harm to human health or the environment. To protect natural resources and to promote material
reuse, please separate batteries from other types of waste and recycle them through your local, free battery return system.
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 2
2010-03-02 10:55:40
Contents
Getting Started
Connections
8
11
4
5
6
7
7
Accessories
Viewing the Control Panel
Viewing the Remote Control
Connecting to an Antenna
Plug & Play (Initial Setup)
8 Connecting to an AV Device
9 Connecting to an Audio Device
10 Changing the Input Source
11
11
11
13
15
17
19
22
Advanced Features
23
23
24
30
37
40
Connecting to a PC
Network Connection
Media Play
Anynet+
AllShare
Other Information
42
43
44
46
46
47
50
51
42
ENGLISH
Basic Features
t
TOOLS
Note
One-Touch Button
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 3
2010-03-02 10:55:40
Getting Started
Accessories
Please make sure the following items are included with your LED TV. If any items are missing, contact your dealer.
The items colours and shapes may vary depending on the models.
Cables not included in the package contents can be purchased separately.
yy Remote Control & Batteries (AAA x 2)
yy Owners Instructions
yy Warranty Card / Safety Guide (Not available in some locations)
yy Cleaning Cloth
yy Power Cord
(M4 X L8)
yy Blanking Bracket
yy Holder-Ring (4EA)
yy Holder-Wire stand
yy Cable Tie
yy SCART Adapter
yy Component Adapter
yy AV Adapter
yy Screws (10EA)
For best cable connection to this product, be sure to use cables with a maximum thickness as below:
yy Maximum thickness - 0.55 inches (14mm)
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 4
2010-03-02 10:55:42
01 Getting Started
The product colour and shape may vary depending on the model.
Power Indicator
Speakers
SOURCEE
Toggles between all the available input sources. In the on-screen menu, use this
button as you would use the ENTERE button on the remote control.
Displays an on-screen menu, the OSD (on screen display) of your TVs features.
MENU
Power Indicator
Adjusts the volume. In the OSD, use the Y buttons as you would use the
and buttons on the remote control.
Changes the channels. In the OSD, use the z buttons as you would use the
and buttons on the remote control.
Blinks and turns off when the power is on and lights up in standby mode.
P (Power)
Y
z
Standby mode
Do not leave your TV in standby mode for long periods of time (when you are away on a holiday, for example). A small amount
of electric power is still consumed even when the power button is turned off. It is best to unplug the power cord.
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 5
2010-03-02 10:55:42
Getting Started
Viewing the Remote Control
This is a special remote control for the visually impaired persons and has Braille points on the Power, Channel and
Volume buttons.
POWER
ON/OFF
Turns the remote control light on or
off. When on, the buttons become
illuminated for a moment when pressed.
(Using the remote control with this button
set to ON will reduce the battery usage
time.)
SOURCE
PRE-CH
TTX/MIX
Changes channels.
CH LIST
MENU
MIDEA.P
GUIDE
TOOLS
INFO
RETURN
EXIT
D
P.MODE
S.MODE
DUAL
AD
P.SIZE
SUBT.
NOTE
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 6
2010-03-02 10:55:43
01 Getting Started
Connecting to an Antenna
When the TV is initially powered on, basic settings proceed automatically.
VHF/UHF Antenna
Cable
or
ANT OUT
Power Input
1
2
Selecting a language
Selecting Store Demo
or Home Use
Selecting a country
4
5
Selecting an antenna
6
7
8
9
Setting the
Clock Mode
Selecting a channel
Time Zone
Press the ENTERE button at any time to interrupt the memorisation process.
Set the Clock Mode automatically or manually.
Press the or button to select Auto, then press the ENTERE button.
Press the or button to select the your time zone, then press the ENTERE button.
(depending on the country)
The connection method for the best HD screen quality is displayed.
Viewing the
HD Connection Guide.
Enjoy your TV.
Press the ENTERE button.
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 7
2010-03-02 10:55:43
Connections
Connecting to an AV Device
Using an HDMI or HDMI/DVI cable: HD connection (up to 1080p)
Available devices: DVD, Blu-ray player, HD cable box, HD STB (Set-Top-Box) satellite receiver, cable box, satellite receiver
(STB)
DVD /
Blu-ray player
HDMI OUT
DVD /
Blu-ray player
DVI OUT
AUDIO OUT
White
Red
R-AUDIO-L
xx When using an HDMI/DVI cable connection, you must use the HDMI IN 1(DVI) jack for video. A DVD, Blu-ray
player, HD cable box, HD STB satellite receiver, cable box, or STB satellite receiver may require a DVI-HDMI
(DVI to HDMI) cable or DVI-HDMI (DVI to HDMI) adapter. The PC/DVI AUDIO IN jack is required for audio.
xx If an external device such as a DVD / Blu-ray player / cable box / STB satellite receiver supporting a HDMI
versions older than 1.3 is connected, the TV may operate abnormally (e.g. no screen display / no sound /
annoying flicker / abnormal colour).
xx If there is no sound after connecting an HDMI cable, check the HDMI version of the external device. If you
suspect the version is older than 1.3, contact the provider of the device to confirm the HDMI version and
request an upgrade.
xx It is recommended you purchase an HDMI-certified cable. Otherwise, the screen may appear blank or a
connection error may occur.
Using a Component (up to 1080p) or Audio/Video (480i only) and Scart Cable
Available devices: DVD, Blu-ray player, cable box, STB satellite receiver, VCR
Blue
Green
Red
Red
White
Red
White Yellow
DVD /
Blu-Ray player
COMPONENT OUT
PB
VCR
AUDIO OUT
AUDIO OUT
R-AUDIO-L
R-AUDIO-L
VIDEO OUT
EXT
VCR / DVD
PR
In Ext. mode, DTV Out supports MPEG SD Video and Audio only.
To obtain the best picture quality, the Component connection is recommended over the A/V connection.
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 8
2010-03-02 10:55:45
02 Connections
xx When a Digital Audio System is connected to the DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) jack, decrease the volume
of both the TV and the system.
xx 5.1 CH (channel) audio is available when the TV is connected to an external device supporting 5.1 CH.
xx When the receiver (home theatre) is set to on, you can hear sound output from the TVs optical jack. When the
TV is receiving a DTV signal, the TV will send 5.1 CH sound to the home theatre receiver. When the source is
a digital component such as a DVD / Blu-ray player / cable box / STB (Set-Top-Box) satellite receiver and is
connected to the TV via HDMI, only 2 CH audio will be heard from the home theatre receiver. If you want to
hear 5.1 CH audio, connect the digital audio out jack from your DVD / Blu-ray player / cable box / STB satellite
receiver directly to an amplifier or home theatre.
Headphones H: You can connect your headphones to the headphones output on your set. While the
headphones are connected, the sound from the built-in speakers will be disabled.
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 9
2010-03-02 10:55:45
Connections
CONNECTIONS COMMON INTERFACE Slot
To watch paid channels, the CI or CI+ CARD must be inserted.
yy If you dont insert the CI or CI+ CARD, some channels will
display the message Scrambled Signal.
yy The pairing information containing a telephone number, the CI or
CI+ CARD ID the Host ID and other information will be displayed
in about 2~3 minutes. If an error message is displayed, please
contact your service provider.
yy When the configuration of channel information has finished, the
message Updating Completed is displayed, indicating the
channel list is updated.
NOTE
xx You must obtain a CI or CI+ CARD from a local cable service provider.
xx When removing the CI or CI+ CARD, carefully pull it out with your hands since dropping the CI or CI+ CARD may
cause damage to it.
Edit Name
Source List
Use to select TV or an external input
sources such as a DVD / Blu-ray player /
cable box / STB satellite receiver.
TV / Ext. / PC / AV / Component
/ HDMI1/DVI / HDMI2 / HDMI3 /
HDMI4 / USB
10
SOURCE
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 10
2010-03-02 10:55:46
Basic Features
TTX/MIX
PRE-CH
Before using the TV, follow the steps below to learn how to
navigate the menu and select and adjust different functions.
CH LIST
MENU
MIDEA.P
GUIDE
TOOLS
INFO
RETURN
EXIT
1
2
1 ENTERE / Direction button: Move
the cursor and
select an item.P.MODE
Confirm S.MODE
the setting.DUAL
15
Unclassified
No Detaild Information
MENU m
2
3
4
5
6
7
ENTER E
/
/
ENTER E
EXIT e
E Watch
Information
Guide
The EPG (Electronic Programme Guide)
GUIDE
information is provided by broadcasters.
Using programme schedules provided by
broadcasters, you can specify programmes
you want to watch in advance so that
the channel automatically changes to
the selected programme channel at the
specified time. Programme entries may
appear blank or out of date depending on a channel status.
Using Channel View
Guide
800 five
Channel View - TV
Today
27
Discovery
28
DiscoveryH&L
800
five
24
price-drop.tv
16
QVC
6
R4DTT
View Mode
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 11
18:00 ~ 6:00
03 Basic Features
18:00 - 19:00
American Chopper
Programmes resume at 06:00
Home and...
)Family Affairs
No Information
QVC Selection
No Information
+24 Hours
Ch. Mode
19:00 - 20:00
Tine Team
Fiv...
)Dark Angel
English
11
2010-03-02 10:55:47
Basic Features
Using Scheduled View
Guide
800 five
800
800
)Family Affairs
)Dark Angel
Scheduled View
18:30 Today
19:15 Today
five
five
number.
View Mode
xx
xx
Information E Cancel
Operations
An analogue channel.
A channel selected.
A channel set as a Favourite.
A programme currently being broadcast.
A locked channel.
A reserved programme.
Channel Manager
Delete or set favourites channels and use the programme
guide for digital broadcasts. Select a channel in the
Channels, My Channels or Scheduled screen.
Channels
Air
12
c1
2
All
TV
15
Radio
Data/Other
Analogue
3
23
33
32
5
4
27
Antenna
Zoom
Select
1futech
* 24ore.tv
abc1
BBC World
bid-up.tv
Boonerang
Cartoon Nwk
Class News
\ Coming Soon
Discovery
Sort
k Page T Tools
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 12
2010-03-02 10:55:48
The PIN input screen appears. Enter your 4 digit PIN number.
Digital Channel: Change the country for digital
channels.
* My Channels
(in Channel Manager)
Shows all favourite channels.
Edit My Channels t: You can set the selected
channels to desired my channels group.
Channels
Air
c1
2
All
TV
15
Radio
Data/Other
Analogue
Antenna
Zoom
3
23
33
32
5
4
27
Select
1futech
* 24ore.tv
abc1
Edit My Channels
Lock
BBC World
Timer Viewing
bid-up.tv
Edit Channel Number
Boonerang
Delete
Select AllCartoon Nwk
ClassdNews
\ Coming Soon
Discovery
Sort
k Page T Tools
Channel List
You can see all the channels searched.
CH LIST
03 Basic Features
Country
Auto Store
Scans for a channel automatically and stores in the TV.
Manual Store
Scans for a channel manually and stores in the TV.
Retuning Channels
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 13
13
2010-03-02 10:55:49
Basic Features
Channel mode
Editing Channels
Channel Manager Option Menu
(in Channel Manager)
1. Select a channel and press the TOOLS button.
2. Edit the channel name or number using the
Edit Channel Name or Edit Channel Number menu.
Edit Channel Name (analogue channels only): Assign
your own channel name.
NOTE
Other Features
The PIN input screen appears. Enter your 4 digit PIN number.
Imports or exports the channel map. You should connect a
USB storage to use this function.
Channel Manager
Channel Manager Option Menu
Set each channel using the Channel Manager menu options
(Lock / Unlock, Timer Viewing, Sort, Delete, Select All /
Deselect All). Option menu items may differ depending on
the channel status.
1. Select a channel and press the TOOLS button.
2. Select a function and change its settings.
Scheduled
(in Channel Manager)
You can view, modify or delete a show you have reserved to
watch.
Change Info: Change a show you have reserved to
watch.
Cancel Schedules: Cancel a show you have reserved
to watch.
Information: Display a show you have reserved
to watch. (You can also change the reservation
information.)
Select All / Deselect All: Select or deselect all reserved
programmes.
Fine Tune
(analogue channels only)
If the signal is weak or distorted, fine tune the channel
manually.
14
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 14
2010-03-02 10:55:49
Mode
Select your preferred picture type.
Dynamic: Suitable for a bright room.
Standard: Suitable for a normal
environment.
P.MODE
NOTE
Advanced Settings
(available in Standard / Movie mode)
You can adjust the detailed setting for the screen including
colour and contrast.
Advanced Settings
Black Tone
: Off
Dynamic Contrast
: Medium
Shadow Detail
: -2
Gamma
:0
: Off
Colour Space
: Native
White Balance
Economical Solutions
03 Basic Features
Picture Menu
Eco Solution
Energy Saving (Off / Low / Medium / High /
Picture Off / Auto) t: This adjusts the
brightness of the TV in order to reduce power
consumption. If you select Picture Off, the screen is
turned off, but the sound remains on. Press any button
except volume button to turn on the screen.
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 15
15
2010-03-02 10:55:49
Basic Features
Colour Space (Auto / Native): Adjust the range of
colours available to create the image.
NOTE
Picture Options
Picture Options
: Normal
Size
: Auto Wide
Screen Mode
: 16:9
: Auto
: Auto
: Normal
adjusted.
: Off
selected mode.
Colour Tone
Film Mode
P.SIZE
16
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 16
2010-03-02 10:55:50
Sound Menu
Mode
Auto Adjustment t
03 Basic Features
S.MODE
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 17
17
2010-03-02 10:55:50
Basic Features
Adjusting Sound Settings
Equalizer
Adjusts the sound mode (standard sound mode only).
Balance L/R: Adjusts the balance between the right and
left speaker.
100Hz / 300Hz / 1kHz / 3kHz / 10kHz (Bandwidth
Adjustment): Adjusts the level of specific bandwidth
frequencies.
Reset: Resets the equalizer to its default settings.
Audio Description
(not available in all locations) (digital
channels only)
This function handles the Audio Stream
for the AD (Audio Description) which is
sent along with the Main audio from the
broadcaster.
AD
Audio Language t
(digital channels only)
Change the default value for audio languages.
Audio Format
Additional Setting
broadcast.
18
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 18
2010-03-02 10:55:51
Line: Set the output level for signals greater or less than
-31dB (reference) to either -20dB or -31dB.
RF: Set the output level for signals greater or less than
-20dB (reference) to either -10dB or -20dB.
Time
Clock: Setting the clock is for using various timer
features of the TV.
Clock Set: Set the Day, Month, Year, Hour and Minute
manually.
Available only when Clock Mode is set to
Manual.
Setup Menu
03 Basic Features
DUAL
A2
Stereo
NICAM
Stereo
Audio
Type
Mono
Stereo
Dual
Mono
Stereo
Dual
Dual f-g
Default
Mono
Stereo Mono
Dual f Dual g
Mono
Mono Stereo
Mono Dual f
Dual g
Automatic
change
Dual f
Timer 1
On Time
00
Inactivate
Automatic
change
Off Time
Dual f
Volume
Source
10
Repeat
Once
00
00
Inactivate
00
Antenna
TV
Sun
Channel
ATV
Mon
Tue
Wed
1
Thu
Fri
Sat
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 19
19
2010-03-02 10:55:51
Basic Features
On Time / Off Time: Set the hour, minute, and activate
/ inactivate. (To activate timer with the setting youve
chosen, set to Activate.)
Volume: Set the desired volume level.
Source: Select TV or USB content to be played when
the TV is turned on automatically. (USB can be selected
only when a USB device is connected to the TV)
Antenna (when the Source is set to TV): Select ATV or
DTV.
Channel (when the Source is set to TV): Select the
desired channel.
Contents (when the Source is set to USB): Select a
folder in the USB device containing music or photo files
to be played when the TV is turned on automatically.
If there is no music file on the USB device or the
folder containing a music file is not selected, the
Timer function does not operate correctly.
Other Features
Language
Menu Language: Set the menu language.
Subtitle
Security
SUBT.
20
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 20
2010-03-02 10:55:52
PIP t
NOTE
You can watch the TV tuner and one external video source
simultaneously. PIP (Picture-in-Picture) does not function in
the same mode.
NOTE
xx PIP settings
Main picture
Component, HDMI1/DVI,
HDMI2, HDMI3, HDMI4,
PC
Sub picture
TV
Common Interface
CI Menu: This enables the user to select from the CAMprovided menu. Select the CI Menu based on the menu
PC Card.
03 Basic Features
General
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 21
21
2010-03-02 10:55:53
Basic Features
Support Menu
Self Diagnosis
Software Upgrade
Software Upgrade can be performed via a broadcasting
signal or by network connection or downloading the latest
firmware from www.samsung.com, to a USB memory
device.
Current Version the software already installed in the TV.
2010/01/18_000001
By USB
By Online
By Channel
Standby Mode Upgrade
: Off
Alternative Software
2010/01/15_00000
U Move E Enter R Return
HD Connection Guide
Refer to this information when connecting external devices
to the TV.
Contact Samsung
View this information when your TV does not work properly
or when you want to upgrade the software. You can find
information regarding our call centres, and how to download
products and software.
22
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 22
2010-03-02 10:55:53
Advanced Features
04 Advanced Features
Connecting to a PC
Using an HDMI/DVI Cable / a D-sub Cable
AUDIO OUT
DVI OUT
AUDIO OUT
PC OUT
Resolution
Horizontal Frequency
(KHz)
Vertical Frequency
(Hz)
Sync Polarity
(H / V)
IBM
640 x 350
720 x 400
31.469
31.469
70.086
70.087
25.175
28.322
+/-/+
MAC
640 x 480
832 x 624
1152 x 870
35.000
49.726
68.681
66.667
74.551
75.062
30.240
57.284
100.000
-/-/-/-
VESA CVT
720 x 576
1152 x 864
1280 x 720
1280 x 960
35.910
53.783
56.456
75.231
59.950
59.959
74.777
74.857
32.750
81.750
95.750
130.000
-/+
-/+
-/+
-/+
VESA DMT
640 x 480
640 x 480
640 x 480
800 x 600
800 x 600
800 x 600
1024 x 768
1024 x 768
1024 x 768
1152 x 864
1280 x 1024
1280 x 1024
1280 x 720
1280 x 800
1280 x 800
1280 x 960
1360 x 768
1440 x 900
1440 x 900
1680 x 1050
31.469
37.861
37.500
37.879
48.077
46.875
48.363
56.476
60.023
67.500
63.981
79.976
45.000
49.702
62.795
60.000
47.712
55.935
70.635
65.290
59.940
72.809
75.000
60.317
72.188
75.000
60.004
70.069
75.029
75.000
60.020
75.025
60.000
59.810
74.934
60.000
60.015
59.887
74.984
59.954
25.175
31.500
31.500
40.000
50.000
49.500
65.000
75.000
78.750
108.000
108.000
135.000
74.250
83.500
106.500
108.000
85.500
106.500
136.750
146.250
-/-/-/+/+
+/+
+/+
-/-/+/+
+/+
+/+
+/+
+/+
-/+
-/+
+/+
+/+
-/+
-/+
-/+
VESA GTF
1280 x 720
1280 x 1024
52.500
74.620
70.000
70.000
89.040
128.943
-/+
-/-
1920 x 1080p
67.500
60.000
148.500
+/+
NOTE
xx For HDMI/DVI cable connection, you must use the HDMI IN 1(DVI) jack.
xx The interlace mode is not supported.
xx The set might operate abnormally if a non-standard video format is selected.
xx Separate and Composite modes are supported. SOG(Sync On Green) is not supported.
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 23
23
2010-03-02 10:55:59
Advanced Features
Network Connection
You can set up your TV so that it can access the Internet through your local area network (LAN) using a wired or wireless
connection.
External Modem
(ADSL / VDSL / Cable TV)
Modem Cable
LAN Cable
yy You can attach your TV to your LAN by connecting the LAN port on the back of your TV to a IP Sharer which is connected
to an external modem. Use Cat 5 cable for the connection. See the diagram below.
TV Rear Panel
The LAN Port on the Wall
External Modem
(ADSL / VDSL / Cable TV)
Modem Cable
LAN Cable
IP Sharer
(having DHCP server)
LAN Cable
yy Depending on how your network is configured, you may be able to attach your TV to your LAN by connecting the LAN
port on the back of your TV directly to a network wall outlet using a Cat 5 cable. See the diagram below. Note that the wall
outlet is attached to a modem or router elsewhere in your house.
TV Rear Panel
The Modem Port on the Wall
LAN Cable
If you have a Dynamic Network, you should use an ADSL modem or router that supports Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol (DHCP). Modems and routers that support DHCP automatically provide the IP address, subnet mask, gateway,
and DNS values your TV needs to access the Internet so you dont have to enter them manually. Most home networks are
Dynamic Networks.
Some networks require a Static IP address. If your network requires a Static IP address, you must enter the IP address,
subnet mask, gateway, and DNS values manually on your TVs Cable Setup Screen when you set up the network
connection. To get the IP address, subnet mask, gateway, and DNS values, contact your Internet Service Provider (ISP). If
you have a Windows computer, you can also get these values through your computer.
You can use ADSL modems that support DHCP if your network requires a Static IP address. ADSL modems that
support DHCP also let you use Static IP addresses.
24
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 24
2010-03-02 10:56:02
Network
Network Type
04 Advanced Features
: Wired
Network Setup
Network Test
Network Setup
Internet Protocol Setup
: Auto
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway
DNS
: Auto
DNS Server
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 25
25
2010-03-02 10:56:02
Advanced Features
Connecting to a Wireless Network
To connect your TV to your network wirelessly, you need a wireless router or modem and a Samsung Wireless LAN Adapter
(WIS09ABGN), which you connect to your TVs back or side panel USB jack. See the illustration below.
TV Rear Panel
Wireless IP Sharer
(AP having DHCP server)
or
LAN Cable
Samsung Wireless
LAN Adapter
Samsungs Wireless LAN adapter is sold separately and is offered by select retailers, Ecommerce sites and Samsungparts.
com. Samsungs Wireless LAN adapter supports the IEEE 802.11A/B/G and N communication protocols. Samsung
recommends using IEEE 802.11N. When you play the video over a IEEE 802.11B/G connection, the video may not play
smoothly.
NOTE
xx You must use the Samsung Wireless LAN Adapter (WIS09ABGN) to use a wireless network.
xx Samsungs Wireless LAN adapter is sold separately. The WIS09ABGN Wireless LAN adapter is offered by select
retailers, Ecommerce sites and Samsungparts.com.
xx To use a wireless network, your TV must be connected to a wireless IP sharer. If the wireless IP sharer supports
DHCP, your TV can use a DHCP or static IP address to connect to the wireless network.
xx Select a channel for the wireless IP sharer that is not currently being used. If the channel set for the wireless IP sharer
is currently being used by another device nearby, this will result in interference and communication failure.
xx If you apply a security system other than the systems listed blow, it will not work with the TV.
xx If Pure High-throughput (Greenfield) 802.11n mode is selected and the Encryption type is set to WEP, TKIP or TKIP-
AES (WPS2Mixed) for your AP, Samsung TVs will not support a connection in compliance with new Wi-Fi certification
specifications.
xx If your AP supports WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup), you can connect to the network via PBC (Push Button
Configuration) or PIN (Personal Identification Number). WPS will automatically configure the SSID and WPA key in
either mode.
xx If your router, modem, or device isnt certified, it may not connect to the TV via the Samsung Wireless LAN Adapter.
xx Connection Methods: You can setup the wireless network connection four ways.
PBC (WPS)
Auto Setup (Using the Auto Network Search function)
Manual Setup
Ad-Hoc
xx All of Samsung Wireless LAN Adapter should be connected directly to the TV's USB port. USB HUB are not
supported.
26
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 26
2010-03-02 10:56:03
The picture may appear corrupted or have static for some channels when the TV is connected to the Samsung Wireless LAN
Adapter. In such case, establish a connection using one of the following methods:
Method 1
Connect using the USB right angle adapter
Method 2
Connect via an extension cable
04 Advanced Features
Notice
or
Network Setup
Select a network
: Not Selected
: Auto
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway
DNS
: Auto
DNS Server
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 27
27
2010-03-02 10:56:04
Advanced Features
How to set up automatically
To set up the wireless connection automatically, follow these
steps:
1. Follow Steps 1 through 6 in the How to set up using
PBC (WPS) (p. 27).
2. Press the button to select Internet Protocol Setup,
and then press the ENTERE button. Press the or
button to select Auto, and then press the ENTERE
button.
3. Press the button to go to Select a Network, and
then press the ENTERE button. The Network function
searches for available wireless networks. When done, it
displays a list of the available networks.
4. In the list of networks, press the or button to select
a network, and then press the ENTERE button.
Network Setup
Security Key
0 entered
A
0~9
Number
Lower case
B
Delete
Space
28
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 28
2010-03-02 10:56:04
04 Advanced Features
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 29
29
2010-03-02 10:56:05
Advanced Features
Media Play
MEDIA.P
MediaPlay
Videos
Change Device
SUM
TV Rear Panel
2. Connect a USB device containing photo, music and/or movie files to the
USB 1 (HDD) or USB 2 jack on the side of the TV.
3. When USB is connected to the TV, popup window appears. Then you can select
Media Play.
or
USB Drive
If you use Media Play through saved file on your PC, you should download PC Share Manager and users manual from
www.samsung.com.
PC
TV Rear Panel
LAN
or
Samsung
Wireless
LAN
Adapter
External Modem
(ADSL/VDSL/Cable TV)
LAN Cable
Wireless IP Sharer
Modem Cable
LAN Cable
LAN Cable
1. For more information on how to configure your network, refer to Network Connection. (p. 24).
You are recommended to locate both TV and PC in same subnet. The first 3 parts of the subnet address of the TV and
the PC IP addresses should be the same and only the last part (the host address) should be changed. (e.g. IP Address:
123.456.789.**)
2. Using a LAN cable, connect between the external modem and the PC onto which the Samsung PC Share Manager
programme will be installed.
You can connect the TV to the PC directly without connecting it through a Sharer (Router).
30
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 30
2010-03-02 10:56:07
04 Advanced Features
The Play Continuously function does not support multiple users. (It will have only memorised the point where the
most recent user stopped playing.)
Transport device. Examples of MSC are Thumb drives, Flash Card Readers and USB HDD (USB HUB are not
supported). Devices should be connected directly to the TVs USB port.
xx Before connecting your device to the TV, please back up your files to prevent them from damage or loss of data.
SAMSUNG is not responsible for any data file damage or data loss.
xx If more than 2 PTP devices are connected, you can only use one at a time.
xx If more than two MSC devices are connected, some of them may not be recognized. A USB device that requires high
power (more than 500mA or 5V) may not be supported.
xx If an over-power warning message is displayed while you are connecting or using a USB device, the device may not
be recognized or may malfunction.
xx If the TV has been no input during time set in Auto Protection Time, the Screensaver will run.
xx The power-saving mode of some external hard disk drives may be released automatically when connected to the TV.
xx If a USB extension cable is used, the USB device may not be recognized or the files on the device may not be read.
xx If a USB device connected to the TV is not recognized, the list of files on the device is corrupted or a file in the list is
not played, connect the USB device to the PC, format the device and check the connection.
xx If a file deleted from the PC is still found when Media Play is run, use the Empty the Recycle Bin function on the PC
to permanently delete the file.
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 31
31
2010-03-02 10:56:07
Advanced Features
Screen Display
Move to the file you desired using the up/down/right/left buttons and then press the ENTERE or (Play) button. The file is
played.
Videos
Movie 01.avi
Movie 03.avi
Movie 05.avi
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Movie 07.avi
Movie 02.avi
Movie 04.avi
Movie 06.avi
Movie 09.avi
SUM
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Movie 08.avi
Jan.10.2010
Sorting standard is
1/1 Page
/Movie 01.avi
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Movie 10.avi
Select
Change Device
Jan.10.2010
Sorting T Tools
Operation Buttons
Red (Change Device): Selects a connected device.
B Green (Preference): Sets the file preference. (not supported in Basic view)
Yellow (Select): Selects multiple files from file list. Selected files are marked with a symbol.
Blue (Sorting): Selects the sort list.
T Tools: Displays the option menu.
Using the (REW) or (FF) button, file list can move to next or previous page.
Videos
Playing Video
1. Press the or button to select Videos, then press the ENTERE button in the Media Play menu.
2. Press the /// button to select the desired file in the file list.
3. Press the ENTERE button or (Play) button.
The selected file is displayed on the top with its playing time.
If video time information is unknown, play time and progress bar are not displayed.
During playing the video, you can search using the and button.
00:04:03 / 00:07:38
Name
File extension
.ttxt
Format
XML
SAMI
.smi
HTML
SubRip
.srt
string-based
SubViewer
.sub
string-based
Micro DVD
.sub or .txt
string-based
SUM
32
1/1
Movie 01.avi
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 32
2010-03-02 10:56:09
File Extension
Video Codec
Resolution
Frame rate
(fps)
Bit rate
(Mbps)
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
XviD
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
Container
*.avi
*.mkv
AVI
MKV
*.asf
ASF
*.wmv
ASF
*.mp4
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
XviD
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
MP4
*.3gp
3GPP
*.vro
VRO
VOB
*.mpg
*.mpeg
PS
*.ts
*.tp
*.trp
XVID
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
MPEG1
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
MPEG2
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
MPEG1
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
MPEG2
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
H.264
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG2
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
H.264
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
VC1
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
TS
Audio Codec
04 Advanced Features
WMA
MP3 / ADPCM / AAC
Other Restrictions
NOTE
xx If there are problems with the contents of a codec, the codec will not be supported.
xx If the information for a Container is incorrect and the file is in error, the Container will not be able to play
correctly.
xx Sound or video may not work if the contents have a standard bitrate/frame rate above the compatible Frame/sec
listed in the table above.
xx If the Index Table is in error, the Seek (Jump) function is not supported.
Video Decoder
Audio Decoder
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 33
33
2010-03-02 10:56:09
Advanced Features
Playing movie file continuously (Resume Play)
If you exit the playing Videos function, it can be played later from the point where it was stopped.
1. Select the movie file you want to play continuously by pressing
the or button to select it from the file list section.
2. Press the (Play) / ENTERE button.
00:04:03 / 00:07:38
1/1
Movie 01.avi
Play continuously
Resumes playing from the last viewed
scene.
SUM
Music
Playing Music
1. Press the or button to select Music, then press the
ENTERE button in the Media Play menu.
Playlist
2. Press the /// button to select the desired file in the file
list.
3. Press the ENTERE button or (Play) button.
During playing the music, you can search using the and
button.
(REW) and (FF) buttons do not function during play.
I Love You
Jhon
I Love you
Jhon
1st Album
Pop
2010
4.2MB
No Singer
Music 1
Music 2
No Singer
Music 3
No Singer
01:10 / 04:02
Music 4
No Singer
Music 5
Only displays the files with MP3 and PCM file extension. Other
file extensions are not displayed, even if they are saved on the
same USB device.
3/15
No Singer
SUM
If the sound is strange when playing MP3 files, adjust the Equalizer in the Sound menu. (An over-modulated MP3 file
may cause a sound problem.)
Photos
Viewing a Photo (or Slide Show)
1. Press the or button to select Photos, then press the
ENTERE button in the Media Play menu.
Normal
Image1024.jpg
1024x768
2010/2/1
3/15
2. Press the /// button to select the desired file in the file
list.
3. Press the ENTERE button or (Play) button.
While a photo list is displayed, press the (Play) /
ENTERE button on the remote control to start slide show.
All files in the file list section will be displayed in the slide show.
During the slide show, files are displayed in order from
currently being shown.
SUM
The BGM Mode cannot be changed until the BGM has finished
loading.
34
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 34
2010-03-02 10:56:11
Videos
2 files selected
/Movie 01.avi
Movie 01.avi
NOTE
Movie 02.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 03.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 04.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 05.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 07.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 06.avi
Movie 09.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 10.avi
Jan.10.2010
SUM
Jan.10.2010
Movie 08.avi
Jan.10.2010
1/1 Page
04 Advanced Features
Change Device
Jan.10.2010
Select
Sorting T Tools
Videos
Music
Photos
Basic View
It shows whole folder. You can view the photo by selecting the folder.
Operations
>
>
>
Title
>
>
>
Preference
It sorts and displays the file by preference. You can change the file preference in the file list
section using the Green button.
>
>
>
Latest Date
>
>
Earliest Date
>
>
Artist
>
Album
>
Genre
>
Mood
It sorts music files by the mood. You can change the music mood information.
>
Monthly
It sorts and shows photo files by month. It sorts only by month (from January to December)
regardless of year.
>
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 35
35
2010-03-02 10:56:13
Advanced Features
Videos/Music/Photos Play Option menu
During playing a file, press the TOOLS button.
Category
Operations
Videos
Music
Photos
Title
>
Repeat Mode
>
Picture Size
>
Picture Setting
You can adjust the picture setting. (p. 15, 16, 17)
>
Sound Setting
You can adjust the sound setting. (p. 17, 18, 19)
>
Subtitle Setting
You can play the video file with Subtitle. This function only works if the subtitles are the
same file name as the video file.
>
You can select the slide show speed during the slide show.
>
Background Music
You can set and select background music when watching a slide show.
>
Zoom
>
Rotate
Information
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
Settings
Using the Setup Menu
Cont. movie play help (Resume Play) (On / Off): Select to display the help pop-up message for continuous movie
playback.
Get the DivX VOD registration code: Shows the registration code authorized for the TV. If you connect to the DivX web
site and register the registration code with a personal account, you can download VOD registration file. If you play the VOD
registration using Media Play, the registration is completed.
Get the DivX VOD deactivation code: When DivX VOD is not registered, the registration deactivation code is
displayed. If you execute this function when DivX VOD is registered, the current DivX VOD registration is deactivated.
Information: Select to view information about the connected device.
36
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 36
2010-03-02 10:56:13
What is Anynet+? t
Anynet+ is a function that enables you to control all connected Samsung devices that support Anynet+ with your Samsung
TVs remote. The Anynet+ system can be used only with Samsung devices that have the Anynet+ feature. To be sure your
Samsung device has this feature, check if there is an Anynet+ logo on it.
To connect to Home Theatre
Home Theatre
TV Rear Panel
Anynet+
Device 1
Anynet+ Device
2, 3, 4
04 Advanced Features
Anynet+
Optical Cable
HDMI Cable
HDMI Cable
HDMI Cable
1. Connect the HDMI IN (1(DVI), 2, 3 or 4) jack on the TV and the HDMI OUT jack of the corresponding Anynet+ device
using an HDMI cable.
2. Connect the HDMI IN jack of the home theatre and the HDMI OUT jack of the corresponding Anynet+ device using an
HDMI cable.
NOTE
xx Connect the Optical cable between the DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) jack on your TV and the Digital Audio Input
on the Home Theatre.
xx When following the connection above, the Optical jack only outputs 2 channel audio. You will only hear sound from
the Home Theatres Front, Left and Right speakers and the subwoofer. If you want to hear 5.1 channel audio, connect
the DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) jack on the DVD / Satellite Box (i.e. Anynet Device 1 or 2) directly to the
Amplifier or Home Theatre, not the TV.
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 37
37
2010-03-02 10:56:14
Advanced Features
Anynet+ Menu
The Anynet+ menu changes depending on the type and status of the Anynet+ devices connected to the TV.
Anynet+ Menu
View TV
Device List
(device_name) MENU
(device_name) INFO
Recording: (*recorder)
Stop Recording: (*recorder)
Receiver
Description
Changes Anynet+ mode to TV broadcast mode.
Shows the Anynet+ device list.
Shows the connected device menus. E.g. If a DVD recorder is connected, the disc menu of
the DVD recorder will appear.
Shows the play menu of the connected device. E.g. If a DVD recorder is connected, the
play menu of the DVD recorder will appear.
Starts recording immediately using the recorder. (This is only available for devices that
support the recording function.)
Stops recording.
Sound is played through the receiver.
If more than one recording device is connected, they are displayed as (*recorder) and if only one recording device is
connected, it will be represented as (*device_name).
Setting Up Anynet+
Setup
Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) (Off / On): To use the Anynet+ Function, Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) must be set to On.
When the Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) function is disabled, all the Anynet+ related operations are deactivated.
Auto Turn Off (No / Yes): Setting an Anynet+ Device to turn off automatically when the TV is turned off.
The active source on the TV must be set to TV to use the Anynet+ function.
If you cannot find a device you want, press the Red button to refresh the list.
2. Select a device and press the ENTERE button. You can switch to the selected device.
Only when you set Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) to On in the Application menu, the Device List menu appears.
xx Switching to the selected device may take up to 2 minutes. You cannot cancel the operation during the switching
operation.
xx If you have selected external input mode by pressing the SOURCE button, you cannot use the Anynet+ function.
Make sure to switch to an Anynet+ device by using the Device List.
Recording
You can make a recording of a TV Programme using a Samsung recorder.
1. Select Recording.
xx When multiple recording devices are connected, the recording devices are listed. Select one recording device in
the Device List.
When the recording device is not displayed, select Device List and press the Red button to search devices.
2. Press the EXIT button to exit.
Before recording, check whether the antenna jack is properly connected to the recording device. To properly
connect an antenna to a recording device, refer to the recording devices users manual.
38
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 38
2010-03-02 10:56:14
You can listen to sound through a receiver (i.e Home Theatre) instead of the TV Speaker.
1. Select Receiver and set to On.
2. Press the EXIT button to exit.
If your receiver supports audio only, it may not appear in the device list.
The receiver will work when you have properly connected the optical in jack of the receiver to the
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) jack of the TV.
When the receiver (i.e Home Theatre) is set to On, you can hear sound output from the TVs Optical jack. When the
04 Advanced Features
TV is displaying a DTV (aerial) signal, the TV will send out 5.1 channel sound to the receiver. When the source is a
digital component such as a DVD and is connected to the TV via HDMI, only 2 channel sound will be heard from
the receiver.
NOTE
xx You can only control Anynet+ devices using the TV remote control, not the buttons on the TV.
xx The TV remote control may not work under certain conditions. If this occurs, reselect the Anynet+ device.
xx The Anynet+ functions do not operate with other manufacturers products.
Possible Solution
Check if the device is an Anynet+ device. The Anynet+ system supports Anynet+ devices only.
Connect only one receiver (home theatre).
Check if the Anynet+ device power cord is properly connected.
Check the Anynet+ devices Video/Audio/HDMI cable connections.
Check whether Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) is set to On in the Anynet+ setup menu.
Check whether the TV remote control is in TV mode.
Check whether it is Anynet+ exclusive remote control.
Anynet+ doesnt work in certain situations. (Searching channels, operating Media Play or Plug & Play (Initial
setup), etc.)
When connecting or removing the HDMI cable, please make sure to search devices again or turn your TV off
and on again.
Check if the Anynet+ Function of Anynet+ device is set on.
Check if the Anynet+ device is properly connected to the TV and check if the Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) is set to
On in the Anynet+ Setup menu.
Press the TOOLS button to display the Anynet+ menu and select a menu you want.
You cannot use the remote control when you are configuring Anynet+ or switching to a view mode.
Use the remote control when the Anynet+ setting or switching to view mode is complete.
You cannot use the play function when Plug & Play (Initial setup) is in progress.
Check whether the antenna jack on the recording device is properly connected.
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 39
39
2010-03-02 10:56:15
Advanced Features
AllShare
About AllShare
AllShare connects your TV, mobile phones and other
devices which are compatible through a network. On your
TV, you can view call arrivals, SMS messages and schedules
set on your mobile phones. In addition, you can play media
contents including videos, photos and music saved on your
mobile phones or the other devices (such as your PC) by
controlling them on the TV via the network. Additionally, you
can use your TV as a monitor for your mobile when browsing
a web page.
Setting Up AllShare
NOTE
Setup
Message (On / Off): Enables or disables the message
function (for call arrivals, SMS messages and schedules
set on your mobile phones).
Media (On / Off): Enables or disables the media
function. When the media function is on, it plays videos,
photos and music from a mobile phone or other device
that supports AllShare.
ScreenShare (On / Off): Enables or disables the
ScreenShare function for using mobile phone as a
remote control.
TV name: Sets the TV name so you can find it easily on
a mobile device.
AllShare
3/7
Setup
Message
: On
Message
Media
: On
Media
ScreenShare
: On
ScreenShare
TV name
: Home TV
Message View
If a new SMS message arrives while you are watching
TV, the alarm window appears. If you click the OK
button, the contents of the message are displayed.
You can configure the viewing settings for SMS
messages on your mobile phones. For the
procedures, refer to the mobile phone manual.
40
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 40
2010-03-02 10:56:15
Schedule Alarm
While you are watching TV, the alarm window appears to
display the registered event.
You can configure viewing settings for schedule
contents on your mobile phones. For the
procedures, refer to the mobile phone manual.
NOTE
installed
and the supporting application must be executed;
then you can use the ScreenShare function.
04 Advanced Features
My Mobile
NOTE
Allow
Deny
Contacts
Calendar
Doc Viewer
E Select
Return
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 41
41
2010-03-02 10:56:16
Other Information
Analogue Channel Teletext Feature
The index page of the Teletext service gives you information on how to use the service. For Teletext information to be displayed
correctly, channel reception must be stable. Otherwise, information may be missing or some pages may not be displayed.
You can change Teletext pages by pressing the numeric buttons on the remote control.
1 / (Teletext on/mix): Activates
the Teletext mode for the current
channel. Press it twice to overlap
the Teletext display onto the
current broadcasting screen.
2 8 (store): Stores the Teletext
pages.
3 4 (size): Displays the teletext
on the upper half of the screen in
double-size. To move the text to
the lower half of the screen, press
it again. For normal display, press
it once again.
4 9 (hold): Holds the display at
the current page, in the case that
there are several secondary pages
that follow automaticially. To undo,
press it again.
5 Colour buttons (red, green, yellow,
blue): If the FASTEXT system
is used by the broadcasting
company, the different topics on
a Teletext page are colour-coded
and can be selected by pressing
the coloured buttons. Press the
colour corresponding to the topic
of your choice. A new colourcoded page is displayed. Items
can be selected in the same way.
To display the previous or next
page, press the corresponding
coloured button.
6 0 (mode): Selects the Teletext
mode (LIST/ FLOF).
If pressed during LIST mode,
switches the mode to List save
mode. In List save mode, you can
save a Teletext page into a list
using the 8(store) button.
7 1 (sub-page): Displays the
available sub-page.
42
SOURCE
PRE-CH
TTX/MIX
7
8
CH LIST
8
9
0
MENU
0
3
4
5
TOOLS
INFO
RETURN
EXIT
Part
A
B
C
D
E
F
Contents
Selected page
number.
Broadcasting channel
identity.
Current page number
or search indications.
Date and time.
Text.
Status information.
FASTEXT information.
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 42
2010-03-02 10:56:17
05 Other Information
1
2
3
Wall-Mount Type
Do not pull the cables too hard when arranging them. This may cause damage to the products connection terminals.
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 43
43
2010-03-02 10:56:19
Other Information
Installing the Wall Mount
Assembling the Blanking Bracket
When installing the TV onto a wall, attach the Blanking Bracket as shown.
Blanking Bracket
Assembling Power-Cord
When Installing the TV onto a wall, attach the Power-Cord as Shown.
44
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 44
2010-03-02 10:56:21
NOTE
xx Standard dimensions for wall mount kits are shown in the table below.
xx When purchasing our wall mount kit, a detailed installation manual and all parts necessary for assembly are provided.
xx Do not use screws that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications.
xx Do not use screws that are longer than the standard dimension or do not comply with the VESA standard screw
05 Other Information
specifications. Screws that are too long may cause damage to the inside of the TV set.
xx For wall mounts that do not comply with the VESA standard screw specifications, the length of the screws may differ
depending on the wall mount specifications.
xx Do not fasten the screws that are too strongly; this may damage the product or cause the product to fall, leading to
personal injury. Samsung is not liable for these kinds of accidents.
xx Samsung is not liable for product damage or personal injury when a non-VESA or non-specified wall mount is used or
the consumer fails to follow the product installation instructions.
LED-TV
[Ultra-Slim]
inches
VESA Spec. (A * B)
Standard Screw
19~22
75 X 75
M4
23~29
200 X 100
32~37
200 X 200
40~55
400 X 400
56~65
600 X 400
M8
Quantity
Do not install your Wall Mount Kit while your TV is turned on. It may result in personal injury due to
electric shock.
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 45
45
2010-03-02 10:56:21
Other Information
Anti-theft Kensington Lock
The Kensington Lock is not supplied by Samsung. It is a device used to
physically fix the system when using it in a public place. The appearance and
locking method may differ from the illustration depending on the manufacturer.
Refer to the manual provided with the Kensington Lock for additional
information on proper use.
1
2
Please find a K icon on the rear of the TV. A kensington slot is beside
the K icon.
1. Insert the locking device into the Kensington slot 1 on the LED TV and
turn it as shown 2.
<Optional>
Since the necessary clamps, screws, and string are not supplied,
please purchase these additionally.
2. Remove the screws from the back centre of the TV, put the screws into
the clamps, and then fasten the screws onto the TV again.
Screws may not be supplied with the product. In this case, please
purchase the screws of the following specifications.
Screw Specifications
xx For a 19 ~ 22 inches: M4
xx For a 23 ~ 65 inches: M8
3. Connect the clamps fixed onto the TV and the clamps fixed onto the wall
with a strong cable and then tie the string tightly.
NOTE
xx Install the TV near to the wall so that it does not fall backwards.
xx It is safe to connect the string so that the clamps fixed on the
Wall
wall are equal to or lower than the clamps fixed on the TV.
46
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 46
2010-03-02 10:56:22
If you have any questions about the TV, first refer to this list. If none of these troubleshooting tips apply, please visit www.
samsung.com, then click on Support, or contact the call centre listed on the back-cover of this manual.
Issues
Picture Quality
First of all, please perform the Picture Test and confirm that your TV is properly displaying test image.
(go to MENU - Support - Self Diagnosis - Picture Test) (p. 22)
If the test image is properly displayed, the poor picture may caused by the source or signal.
If you have an analogue cable/set top box, upgrade to a digital set top box. Use HDMI or Component
cables to deliver HD (high definition) picture quality.
Cable/Satellite subscribers: Try HD stations from the channel line up.
Antenna connection: Try HD stations after performing Auto programme.
Many HD channels are up scaled from SD(Standard Definition) contents.
Adjust the Cable/Set top box video output resolution to 1080i or 720p.
Make sure you are watching the TV at the minimum recommended distance based on the size and
definition of the signal.
Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion especially in fast moving pictures such
as sports and action movies.
Low signal level or bad quality can cause picture distortion. This is not a TV issue.
If youre using a component connection, make sure the component cables are connected to the
correct jacks. Incorrect or loose connections may cause colour problems or a blank screen.
Adjust the Picture options in the TV menu. (go to Picture mode / Colour / Brightness / Sharpness)
(p. 15)
Adjust Energy Saving option in the TV menu. (go to MENU - Picture - Eco Solution Energy Saving) (p. 15)
Try resetting the picture to view the default picture settings. (go to MENU - Picture - Picture Reset)
(p.17)
If the picture size is set to Screen Fit, change it to 16:9 (p. 16).
Change cable/set top box resolution.
If you are using an AV composite input, connect the video cable (yellow) to the Green jack of
component input 1 on the TV.
If connected with a cable box, please try to reset the cable box. Reconnect the AC cord and wait until
the cable box reboots. It may take up to 20 minutes.
Set the output resolution of the cable box to 1080i or 720p.
Sound Quality
05 Other Information
Troubleshooting
First of all, please perform the Sound Test to confirm that your TV audio is properly operating.
(go to MENU - Support - Self Diagnosis - Sound Test) (p. 22)
If the audio is OK, the sound problem may caused by the source or signal.
Please check the volume the of external device connected to your TV.
Set the Speaker Select option to TV Speaker in the sound menu (p. 18).
If you are using an external device, make sure the audio cables are connected to the correct audio
input jacks on the TV.
If you are using an external device, check the devices audio output option (ex. you may need to
change your cable boxs audio option to HDMI when you have a HDMI connected to your TV).
If you are using a DVI to HDMI cable, a separate audio cable is required.
If your TV has a headphone jack, make sure there is nothing plugged into it.
Check the cable connections. Make sure a video cable is not connected to an audio input.
For antenna or cable connections, check the signal strength. Low signal level may cause sound
distortion.
No Picture, No Video
The TV wont turn on.
Make sure the AC power cord is securely plugged in to the wall outlet and the TV.
Make sure the wall outlet is working.
Try pressing the POWER button on the TV to make sure the problem is not the remote. If the TV turns
on, refer to The remote control does not work below.
Ensure the Sleep Timer is set to Off in the Setup menu (p. 19).
If your PC is connected to the TV, check your PC power settings.
Make sure the AC power cord is plugged in securely to the wall outlet and the TV.
When watching TV from an antenna or cable connection, the TV will turn off after 10 ~ 15 minutes if
there is no signal.
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 47
47
2010-03-02 10:56:22
Other Information
Issues
There is no picture/Video.
Check cable connections (remove and reconnect all cables connected to the TV and external
devices).
Set your external devices (Cable/Set top Box, DVD, Blu-ray etc) video outputs to match the
connections to the TV input. For example, if an external devices output is HDMI, it should be connect
to an HDMI input on the TV.
Make sure your connected devices are powered on.
Be sure to select the TVs correct source by pressing the SOURCE button on the TV remote.
RF(Cable/Antenna) Connection
The TV is not receiving all channels.
Compression of video contents may cause picture distortion, especially with fast moving pictures
such as sports and action movies.
A low signal can cause picture distortion. This is not a TV issue.
PC Connection
A Mode Not Supported message
appears.
Set your PCs output resolution and frequency so they match the resolutions supported by the TV (p.
23).
This is normal; PC is always shown on the source list, regardless of whether a PC is connected.
If you are using a HDMI connection, check the audio output setting on your PC.
Others
The picture wont display in full screen.
HD channels will have black bars on either side of the screen when displaying up scaled SD (4:3)
contents.
Black bars on the top and bottom will appear during movies that have aspect ratios different from
your TV.
Adjust the picture size options on your external device or TV to full screen.
Replace the remote control batteries with the poles (+/) in the right direction.
Clean the sensors transmission window on the remote.
Try pointing the remote directly at the TV from 5~6 feet away.
Programme the Cable/Set top box remote control to operate the TV. Refer to the Cable/Set user
manual for the SAMSUNG TV code.
Check the supported resolution of the TV, and adjust the external devices output resolution
accordingly. Refer to the resolution settings on page 23 of this manual.
This function is only available with digital channels from an Antenna / RF/Coax connection (p. 22).
Make sure the TV is placed on a flat surface. If you can not remove the screws from the TV, use a
magnetized screw driver.
If the TV is in the Store Demo mode, it will reset audio and picture settings every 30 minutes. Change
the settings from Store Demo mode to Home Use mode in the Plug & Play (Initial setup) procedure.
Press the SOURCE button to select TV mode, and go to MENU Setup Plug & Play (Initial
setup) ENTERE (p. 7).
48
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 48
2010-03-02 10:56:23
PIP functionality is only available when you are using a HDMI, PC or components source (p. 21).
If you are using a CAM CARD (CI/CI+), check that it is installed into the common interface slot.
If there is still a problem, pull the CAM CARD out of the TV and insert it into the slot again.
It is normal. The TV operates the OTA (Over The Aerial) function itself to upgrade firmware
downloaded whilst your watching TV.
To prevent this, use felt pads on any surface of the TV that comes in direct contact with furniture.
05 Other Information
Issues
This TFT LED panel uses a panel consisting of sub pixels which require sophisticated technology to produce. However,
there may be a few bright or dark pixels on the screen. These pixels will have no impact on the performance of the
product.
Licence
Manufactured under licence from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
Manufactured under licence under U.S. Patent #s: 5,451,942; 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762;
6,487,535 & other U.S. and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS and the Symbol are
registered trademarks. & DTS 2.0+ Digital Out and the DTS logos are trademarks of DTS, Inc.
Product Includes software. DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO: DivX is a digital video format created by DivX,Inc. This is an official DivX Certified device that plays DivX video. Visit www.divx.
com for more information and software tools to convert your files into DivX video.
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO-ON-DEMAND: This DivX Certified device must be registered in order to play DivX Video-on-Demand (VOD) content.
To generate the registration code, locate the DivX VOD section in the device setup menu.
Go to vod.divx.com with this code to complete the registration process and learn more about DivX VOD. Pat. 7,295,673; 7,460,688; 7,519,274
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 49
49
2010-03-02 10:56:23
Other Information
Specifications
Panel native
1920 x 1080 @ 60 Hz
Environmental Considerations
Operating Temperature
Operating Humidity
Storage Temperature
Storage Humidity
TV System
Colour/Video System
Sound System
HDMI IN 1 ~ 4
Video: 1080 24p, 1080p, 1080i, 720p 576p, 576i, 480p, 480i
Audio: 2Ch Linear PCM 32/44.1/48kHz, 16/20/24bits.
Analogue audio input (HDMI IN1 only)
PC input (HDMI IN1 only)
-20 ~ 20
Model Name
UE32C5000
UE37C5000
Screen Size
(Diagonal)
32 inches
37 inches
Sound
(Output)
10W X 2
Dimensions (WxDxH)
Body
With stand
Weight
Without Stand
With Stand
8.2 kg
11.0 kg
10.6 kg
14.2 kg
Model Name
UE40C5000
UE46C5000
Screen Size
(Diagonal)
40 inches
46 inches
Sound
(Output)
10W X 2
Dimensions (WxDxH)
Body
With stand
Weight
Without Stand
With Stand
12.1 kg
15.7 kg
15.7 kg
19.7 kg
50
English
1.BN68-02656G-00Eng.indd 50
2010-03-02 3:06:47
A
AllShare
Amplify
Antenna
Anynet+
Auto Adjustment
Auto Volume
F
40
17
13
37
17
18
B
Background Music
Balance L/R
Basic View
Batteries
Black Tone
Blanking Bracket
Brightness
36
18
35
6
15
44
15
C
Component
8
Cable Tie
4, 43
Change PIN
20
Channel Manager
12
Channel Menu
13
Clock
19
Colour Tone
16
Connecting to an Audio Device
9
Connecting to a PC
23
17
14
16
13
H
HDMI
Headphones
Home Theatre
8, 37
9
9, 37
I
Installation Space
L
Language
Licence
Lock
20
49
14
M
Media Play
Melody
Menu Transparency
Music
My Channels
30
21
21
34
13
D
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
DivX VOD
D-sub
Dynamic
Dynamic Contrast
Film Mode
Fine Tune
Flesh Tone
Frequency
9, 37
36
23
15
15
E
Edit Name
10
EPG (Electronic Programme Guide) 11
Editing Channels
14
Energy Saving
15
Eco Sensor
15
Equalizer
18
External Speaker
18
Navigate
Network Connection
Network Setup
Now & Next guide
11
24
25
11
O
ON/OFF button
Optimal resolution
6
23
P
Photos
Picture Size
PIP (Picture in Picture)
Plug & Play
Power Indicator
34
16, 36
21
7
5
Receiver
Recording
Remote Control
Repeat Mode
RGB Only Mode
Rotate
39
38
6
36
15
36
S
Select All
Self Diagnosis
Sharpness
Signal Information
Sleep Timer
Slide Show
Software Upgrade
Source List
Speaker Select
Specifications
Standby mode
Subtitle
Symbol
14
22
15
22
19
34
22
10
18
50
5
20
3
T
Timer
Title
Tools
Troubleshooting
TV Speaker
19
35
3
47
18
U
USB Drive
22, 30
Using Channel View
11
Using Scheduled View
12
Using the Favourite Channels
13
V
Video Formats
Videos
Volume
33
32
5
W
Wall Mount
Warm
White Balance
44
16
16
English
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 51
05 Other Information
Index
51
2010-03-02 10:56:25
s lietotja rokasgrmatas attli un ilustrcijas ir sniegti tikai uzziai un var atirties no izstrdjuma paties izskata. Izstrdjuma dizains
un specifikcijas var tikt mainti bez iepriekja brdinjuma.
Ar digitlo televziju (DVB) saistts funkcijas ir pieejamas tikai valsts vai reionos, kur tiek raidti DVB-T (MPEG2 un MPEG4 AVC) digitlie virszemes
apraides signli vai kur ir iespjams piekt sadergiem DVB-C (MPEG2 un MPEG4 AAC) kabetelevzijas pakalpojumiem. Par DVB-T vai DVB-C
signla saemanu, ldzu, jautjiet vietjam izplattjam.
DVB-T ir DVB Eiropas konsorcija standarts digitls virszemes televzijas prraidei, bet DVB-C ir standarts digitls kabetelevzijas prraidei. Tomr
daas no atirgajm funkcijm, piemram, EPG (Electric Programme Guide), VOD (Video On Demand) un citas, nav iekautas aj specifikcij.
Td obrd ts netiek izmantotas.
Lai ar is televizors atbilst jaunkajiem DVB-T un DVB-C standartiem [kop 2008. gada augusta], nav iespjams garantt saderbu ar nkotnes
DVB-T digitls virszemes apraides un DVB-C digitls kabetelevzijas sistmm.
Atkarb no valstm vai reioniem, kuros televizors tiek izmantots, dai kabetelevzijas pakalpojumu sniedzji var pieprast papildu samaksu par diem
pakalpojumiem, un jums var tikt pieprasts piekrist viu biznesa noteikumiem un nosacjumiem.
Daas digitls televzijas funkcijas var nebt pieejamas das valsts vai reionos, un DVB-C var nedarboties pareizi ar daiem kabea pakalpojumu
sniedzjiem.
Lai iegtu plaku informciju, ldzu, sazinieties ar vietjo Samsung klientu apkalpoanas centru.
Televzijas uztveranas kvalitti var ietekmt apraides metodes atirbas dads valsts. Ldzu, prbaudiet televizora darbbu pie vietj SAMSUNG
autorizt izplattja, vai piezvaniet uz Samsung zvanu centru, lai uzzintu, vai to ir iespjams uzlabot, prkonfigurjot televizora uzstdjumu.
Ja lietojat statvu vai sienas montas kronteinu, lietojiet tikai Samsung Electronics piegdts detaas.
xx Ja izmantosiet cita raotja piegdts detaas, tas var izraist problmas ar izstrdjumu vai ar izstrdjumam nokrtot var rasties savainojumi.
Izskats
var atirties atkarb no izstrdjuma.
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
Izstrdjuma pareiza likvidana (Attiecas uz nolietotm elektriskm un elektroniskm iercm)
(Spk Eiropas Savienb un prjs Eiropas valsts, kas izmanto atkritumu daltu savkanu)
is uz izstrdjuma un t piederumiem vai pievienotaj dokumentcij izvietotais marjums norda, ka izstrdjumu un t
elektroniskos piederumus (piem., uzldes ierci, austias, USB kabeli) pc ekspluatcijas laika beigm nedrkst likvidt kop ar
citiem sadzves atkritumiem. Lai nepieautu atkritumu nekontroltas likvidanas radtu varbtju kaitjumu videi un cilvku veselbai,
ldzam mints ierces noirt no citiem atkritumiem un disciplinti nodot piencgai prstrdei, t sekmjot materilo resursu
atkrtotu izmantoanu. Lai uzzintu, kur un k mints ierces iespjams nodot ekoloiski droai prstrdei, mjsaimniecbm
jsazins ar izstrdjuma prdevju vai savu pavaldbu. Iestdm un uzmumiem jsazins ar izstrdjuma piegdtju un
jiepazstas ar pirkuma lguma nosacjumiem. Izstrdjumu un t elektroniskos piederumus nedrkst nodot likvidanai kop ar
citiem iestu un uzmumu atkritumiem.
izstrdjuma bateriju pareiza utilizcija
(Piemrojama Eiropas Savienb un cits Eiropas valsts ar atsevim bateriju nodoanas sistmm.)
is marjums uz baterijas, rokasgrmat vai uz iepakojuma norda, ka izstrdjuma bateriju pc ts kalpoanas laika beigm
nedrkst izmest ar citiem sadzves atkritumiem. Ja uz baterijas ir atzmti miskie simboli, piem., Hg, Cd vai Pb, tie norda, ka
baterija satur dzvsudrabu, kadmiju vai svinu, kura saturs ir lielks par EK Direktv 2006/66 mintajiem lielumiem. Ja baterijas tiek
nepareizi likvidtas, s vielas var radt kaitjumu cilvku veselbai vai videi. Lai aizsargtu dabas resursus un veicintu materilu
otrreizju izmantoanu, irojiet baterijas atsevii no citiem atkritumu veidiem un nododiet ts otrreizjai prstrdei, izmantojot
bateriju vietjo bezmaksas nodoanas sistmu.
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 2
2010-03-02 10:56:25
Saturs
Ievads
Savienojumi
8
11
4
5
6
7
7
Papildpiederumi
Vadbas panea apskats
Tlvadbas pults apskats
Savienojums ar antenu
Plug & Play (Skotnj uzstdana)
8 Savienojums ar AV ierci
9 Savienojums ar audio ierci
10 Ieejas avota maia
11
11
11
13
15
17
19
22
Navigcija izvlns
Pogas INFO izmantoana (Now & Next rokasgrmata)
Skatans plnoana
Kanlu izvlne
Attla izvlne
Skaas izvlne
Uzstdanas izvlne
Atbalsta izvlne
Papildu funkcijas
23
23
24
30
37
40
Savienojums ar datoru
Tkla savienojums
Media Play
Anynet+
AllShare
Papildu informcija
42
43
44
46
46
47
50
51
42
LATVISKI
Pamatfunkcijas
Apskatiet simbolu!
t
TOOLS
Piebilde
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 3
2010-03-02 10:56:26
Ievads
Papildpiederumi
Ldzu, prliecinieties, vai jsu LED televizora komplektcij ietilpst ie priekmeti. Ja kds no priekmetiem trkst, sazinieties ar savu
izplattju.
yy Drnia tranai
yy Strvas vads
(M4 X L8)
yy Kronteina slgmehnisms
yy Kabeu saite
yy SCART adapteris
yy Komponentu adapteris
yy AV adapteris
yy Skrves (10EA)
Lai nodrointu labko kabea savienojumu ar o produktu, prliecinieties, ka izmantojat kabeli ar maksimlo biezumu, k nordts
zemk:
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 4
2010-03-02 10:56:27
01
Ievads
Skarui
SOURCEE
Prsldz starp visiem pieejamiem ievades avotiem. Atrodoties ekrna izvln, izmantojiet o
pogu tpat, k tlvadbas pults pogu ENTERE.
Parda ekrna izvlni jeb OSD (ekrna indikcijas) ar televizora funkcijm.
MENU
regul skaumu. Atrodoties OSD, izmantojiet pogas Y tpat k tlvadbas pults pogas
un .
Prsldz kanlus. Atrodoties OSD, izmantojiet pogas z tpat k tlvadbas pults
pogas un .
Iemirgojas un izsldzas, kad strvas padeve ieslgta, un iedegas, iesldzot gaidstves remu.
P (Baroana)
Y
z
Gaidstves rems
Neatstjiet televizoru gaidstves rem prk ilgi (piemram, dodoties brvdiens). Pat, kad baroanas poga ir izslgta, tiek patrts neliels
elektrisks strvas daudzums. T viet ieteicams atvienot strvas vadu.
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 5
2010-03-02 10:56:28
Ievads
Tlvadbas pults apskats
tlvadbas pults ir paredzta vjredzgiem cilvkiem, un uz ts Power, Channel un Volume pogm atrodas Braila raksta punkti.
POWER
ON/OFF
Iesldz vai izsldz tlvadbas pults
apgaismojumu. Ja tas ir ieslgts, mirkl,
kad pogas tiek nospiestas, ts tiek
izgaismotas. (Izmantojot tlvadbas pulti,
ja poga ir iestatta ieslgt stvokl,
samazinsies bateriju kalpoanas laiks.)
SOURCE
PRE-CH
TTX/MIX
Regul skaumu.
Prsldz kanlus.
CH LIST
Atver OSD.
MENU
MIDEA.P
GUIDE
TOOLS
INFO
RETURN
EXIT
D
P.MODE
S.MODE
DUAL
AD
P.SIZE
SUBT.
PIEBILDE
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 6
2010-03-02 10:56:28
01
Savienojums ar antenu
Ievads
VHF/UHF antena
Kabelis
vai
ANT OUT
Strvas ieeja
1
2
Valodas izvle
3
4
5
Valsts izvle
6
7
8
9
Funkcijas Pulkstea
rems iestatana
Antenas izvle
Kanla izvle
POWER
Nospiediet pogu vai , un pc tam nospiediet pogu ENTERE.
Atlasiet vlamo OSD (On Screen Display) valodu.
Nospiediet pogu vai , un pc tam nospiediet pogu ENTERE.
yy Atlasiet remu Lietoana mjs. Rems Sagl. dem. ir paredzts
tirdzniecbas vietm.
yy Ierces iestatjuma Sagl. dem. atjaunoana uz Lietoana mjs (standarts):
Nospiediet televizora skauma pogu. Redzot skaumu OSD, nospiediet un
turiet pogu MENU 5 sekundes.
Nospiediet pogu vai , un pc tam nospiediet pogu ENTERE.
Izvlieties vajadzgo valsti. Ja izvln nav pieejama vlam valsts, atlasiet Citas.
Nospiediet pogu vai , un pc tam nospiediet pogu ENTERE.
Atlasiet Antena vai Kabelis.
Nospiediet pogu vai , un pc tam nospiediet pogu ENTERE.
Atlasiet atmi saglabjamo kanla avotu. Ja iestatt antenas avotu uz Kabelis, pards solis, kur var
iestatt kanliem skaitliskas vrtbas (kanlu frekvences). Lai iegtu plaku informciju, skatiet Kanls
Autom. saglabana (13. lpp.).
Lai prtrauktu saglabanas atmi procesu, jebkur laik varat nospiest pogu ENTERE.
Laika zona
HD savienoanas
rokasgrmata apskate.
Baudiet savu televizoru.
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 7
2010-03-02 10:56:29
Savienojumi
Savienojums ar AV ierci
Izmantojot HDMI vai HDMI/DVI kabeli: HD savienojums (ldz 1080p)
Pieejams ierces: DVD, Blu-ray atskaotjs, HD kabetelevzijas vadbas bloks, HD STB (televizora pierce) sateltuztvrjs, kabetelevzijas
vadbas bloks, sateltuztvrjs (STB)
DVD / Blu-ray
atskaotjs
HDMI OUT
DVD / Blu-ray
atskaotjs
DVI OUT
AUDIO OUT
R
W
Sarkana Balta
R-AUDIO-L
Sarkana
Zila
Zaa
Sarkana Balta
DVD / Blu-ray
atskaotjs
COMPONENT OUT
PB
VCR
AUDIO OUT
AUDIO OUT
R-AUDIO-L
R-AUDIO-L
VIDEO OUT
EXT
VCR / DVD
PR
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 8
2010-03-02 10:56:30
02
Savienojumi
xx Ja digitl audiosistma ir pievienota DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) kontaktspraudnim, jsamazina gan televizora, gan
sistmas skaums.
xx 5.1 kanlu skaa ir pieejama, ja televizors ir pievienots rjai iercei, kas atbalsta 5.1 kanlu skau.
xx Kad uztvrjs (mjas kinozle) ir iestatts uz Ieslgts, skaa tiek izvadta pa televizora optisko kontaktligzdu. Kad televizors
uztver DTV signlu, tas izsta 5.1 kanlu skau mjas kinozles uztvrjam. Ja avots ir digitls komponents, piemram,
DVD / Blu-ray atskaotjs / kabetelevzijas vadbas bloks /STB (televizora pierce) sateltuztvrjs, un tas ir savienots ar
televizoru, izmantojot HDMI, mjas kinozles uztvrjs atskaos tikai 2 kanlu skau. Ja vlaties klausties 5.1 kanlu
skau, pievienojiet DVD / Blu-ray atskaotja / kabetelevzijas vadbas bloka / STB sateltuztvrja digitls audio izejas
kontaktspraudni tiei pastiprintjam vai mjas kinozlei.
Austias H: Austias var pievienot televizora austiu izejai. Kamr ir pievienotas austias, skaa no iebvtajiem skaruiem
neskan.
xx Kad televizoram tiek pievienotas austias, skaas funkcijas var tikt ierobeota.
xx Austiu un televizora skaumu regul atsevii.
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 9
2010-03-02 10:56:30
Savienojumi
SAVIENOJUMI COMMON INTERFACE slots
Lai skattos maksas kanlus, jievieto CI vai CI+ KARTE.
yy Ja netiek ievietota CI vai CI+ KARTE, daos kanlos tiek rdts
paziojums Traucts signls.
yy Pc 2~3 mintm pards saistt informcija, kas satur tlrua numuru,
CI vai CI+ KARTES ID, saimniekdatora ID un citu informciju. Ja
pards kdas paziojums, sazinieties ar savu pakalpojumu sniedzju.
yy Kad kanlu informcijas konfigurcija beigusies, pards paziojums
Atjauninana pabeigta, nordot, ka kanlu saraksts ir atjaunints.
PIEBILDE
Redit nosaukumu
Avotu saraksts
Izmantojiet, lai atlastu televizoru vai rju
ievades avotu, piemram, DVD / Blu-ray
atskaotju / kabetelevzijas vadbas bloku / STB
sateltuztvrju.
TV / rjais / PC / AV / Komponents /
HDMI1/DVI / HDMI2 / HDMI3 / HDMI4
/ USB
SOURCE
10
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 10
2010-03-02 10:56:30
Pamatfunkcijas
PRE-CH
TTX/MIX
CH LIST
MENU
MIDEA.P
GUIDE
TOOLS
INFO
RETURN
EXIT
1
2
D
un izvls
1 ENTERE / Virziena poga: Prvieto kursoru
P.MODE
S.MODE
vienumu. Apstiprina
iestatjumu.
2
3
4
5
6
7
ENTER E
ENTER E
/
/
EXIT e
DEF
DTV Air
15
E Skatties
Informcija
Skatans plnoana
Rokasgrmata
EPG (Electronic Programme Guide) informciju
nodroina raidstacijas. Izmantojot raidstaciju
nodroints prraiu programmas, var iepriek
nordt, kdas prraides vlaties noskatties,
lai nordtaj laik kanls automtiski tiktu
prslgts uz izvlto prraidi. Atkarb no kanla
statusa programmu ieraksti var tikt rdti tuki vai
novecojui.
GUIDE
Rokasgrmata
2:10 Ot. 1 Jn
DTV Air 800 five
Home and Away
18:00 - 18:30
Drama
800 five
Kanlu skats - TV
odien
27
Discovery
28
DiscoveryH&L
800
five
24
price-drop.tv
16
QVC
6
R4DTT
Sk. re.
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 11
18:00 ~ 6:00
Unclassified
No Detaild Information
DUAL
Pamatfunkcijas
03
Navigcija izvlns
18:00 - 19:00
American Chopper
Programmes resume at 06:00
Home and...
)Family Affairs
No Information
QVC Selection
No Information
+24 stundas
K.rems
19:00 - 20:00
Tine Team
Fiv...
)Dark Angel
Latviski
11
2010-03-02 10:56:32
Pamatfunkcijas
Ieplnoto prraiu izmantoana
Rokasgrmata
2:10 Ot. 1 Jn
DTV Air 800 five
800
800
)Family Affairs
)Dark Angel
Ieplnots prraides
18:30 odien
19:15 odien
Drama
800 five
Family Affairs
18:00 - 18:30
five
five
xx
Sk. re.
Informcija E Atcelt
xx
Darbbas
Analogais kanls.
Atlasts kanls.
Kanls, kas iestatts k izlases kanls.
obrd raidt programma.
Blots kanls.
Rezervta programma.
Kanlu prvaldn.
Dzst vai iestatt izlases kanlus un izmantot digitlo prraiu
programmu cevedi. Izvlieties kanlu ekrn Kanli, Mani kanli
vai Ieplnots.
Visi
Kanli
Antena
12
c1
2
TV
15
Radio
Dati/cits
Analogs
3
23
33
32
5
4
27
Antena
Tlummaia
Atlast
1futech
* 24ore.tv
abc1
BBC World
bid-up.tv
Boonerang
Cartoon Nwk
Class News
\ Coming Soon
Discovery
Sakrtot k Lapa T Rki
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 12
2010-03-02 10:56:33
03
Valsts
(Kanlu prvaldn.)
parda visus izlases kanlus.
Redit manus kanlus t : atlastos kanlus var
pievienot vlamajai savu kanlu grupai.
Kanli
Antena
Visi
TV
15
Radio
Dati/cits
Analogs
3
23
33
32
5
4
27
Antena
Tlummaia
Atlast
1futech
* 24ore.tv
abc1
BBC World
Taimera prsk.
bid-up.tv
Kan. num. redi.
Boonerang
Dzst
Nwk
IzvltiesCartoon
visu
ClassdNews
\ Coming Soon
Discovery
Sakrtot k Lapa T Rki
Kanlu saraksts
Iespjams apskatt visus atrastos kanlus.
Autom. saglabana
Automtiski atrod kanlus un saglab televizor.
c1
2
Pamatfunkcijas
* Mani kanli
CH LIST
Manula uzglabana
Manuli atrod kanlu un saglab televizor.
Kanlu izvlne
Kanlu prregulana
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 13
13
2010-03-02 10:56:33
Pamatfunkcijas
Kanlu rems
Kanlu rediana
Kanlu prvaldnieka opciju izvlne
(Kanlu prvaldn.)
1. Atlasiet kanlu un nospiediet pogu TOOLS.
PIEBILDE
Citas funkcijas
(atkarb no valsts)
Iestata papildu meklanas opcijas, piemram, frekvenci un simbolu
lmeni kabetelevzijas tkla meklanai.
Skuma frekvence / Beigu frekvence: Iestata skuma vai
beigu frekvenci (katr valst atirga).
Modulcija: Attlo pieejams modulcijas vrtbas.
Simbola lmenis: Attlo pieejamos simbolu lmeus.
Kanlu prvaldn.
Kanlu prvaldnieka opciju izvlne
Iestatiet katru kanlu, izmantojot Kanlu prvaldn. izvlnes opcijas
(Blot / Atblot, Taimera prsk., Sakrtot, Izvlties visu /
Atcelt visu). Opciju izvlnes vienumi var atirties atkarb no kanla
statusa.
1. Atlasiet kanlu un nospiediet pogu TOOLS.
Ieplnots
(Kanlu prvaldn.)
Iespjams skatt, modifict vai dzst prraidi, ko esat rezervjis
skatanai.
Izmaint informciju: maint prraidi, ko esat rezervjis
skatanai.
Atcelt grafikus: atcelt prraidi, ko esat rezervjis skatanai.
Informcija: rdt prraidi, ko esat rezervjis skatanai.
(Rezervcijas informciju var ar maint.)
Izvlties visu / Atcelt visu: atlast vai noemt atlasi vism
rezervtajm programmm.
Precza regulana
(tikai analogiem kanliem)
Ja signls ir vj vai traucts, veiciet kanla preczu regulanu
manuli.
14
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 14
2010-03-02 10:56:34
Rems
Atlasiet vlamo attla veidu.
Dinamisks: piemrots spilgti apgaismotai
telpai.
P.MODE
Paplaintie iestatjumi
(pieejams remos Standarta / Filma)
Iespjams pielgot ekrna paplaintos iestatjumus, ieskaitot krsu
un kontrastu.
Paplaintie iestatjumi
PIEBILDE
Ekonomiski risinjumi
Pamatfunkcijas
03
Attla izvlne
Melnais tonis
: Izslgts
Dinamisks Kontrasts
: Vidjs
nu detaas
: -2
Gamma
:0
: Izslgts
Krsu intervls
: Dabisks
Balt balanss
U Prvietot
E Ievadt R Atgriezties
Ekol. risinjums
Enerijas taup. (Izslgts / Zems / Vidjs / Augsts / Att.
izsl. / Automtisks) t: Izmantojot o, var regult
televizora spilgtumu, lai samazintu enerijas patriu.
Izvloties Att. izsl., tiek izslgts ekrns, tau skaa paliek
ieslgta. Lai ieslgtu ekrnu, nospiediet jebkuru pogu, izemto
skauma pogu.
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 15
15
2010-03-02 10:56:34
Pamatfunkcijas
Krsu intervls (Automtisks / Dabisks): noregult attla
izveidei pieejamo krsu diapazonu.
Balt balanss: noreguljiet krsu temperatru, lai iegtu
dabiskku attlu.
R nobde / G nobde / B nobde: noreguljiet katras krsas
(sarkans, zas, zils) tumumu.
R jutgums / G jutgums / B jutgums: noreguljiet katras
krsas (sarkans, zas, zils) spilgtumu.
Atiestatt: atjauno opcijas Balt balanss noklustos
iestatjumus.
das krsa: izcelt roz das krsu.
Malas uzlabojums (Izslgts / Ieslgts): izcelt priekmetu
robeas.
LED Motion Plus (Izslgts / Ieslgts): noem izpldumu no
triem un oti kustgiem sietiem, lai padartu attlu skaidrku.
PIEBILDE
Attla iespjas
Attla iespjas
Krsu tonis
: Normls
Izmrs
: Auto platums
Ekrna rems
: 16:9
: Automtisks
: Automtisks
: Normls
Filmas rems
: Izslgts
un saglabt iestatjumus.
E Ievadt R Atgriezties
U Prvietot
avota.
P.SIZE
16
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 16
2010-03-02 10:56:35
Skaas izvlne
Automtisk regulana t
Pamatfunkcijas
03
Rems
Standarta: atlasa parasto skaas remu.
Mzika: izce mziku virs balsm.
Filma: sniedz labko skau filmm.
Skaidra balss: izce balsi citu skau starp.
S.MODE
Ekrns
Rupja / Precza: novr vai samazina attla traucjumus.
Ja neizdodas noemt traucjumus, izmantojot tikai preczu
regulanu, noreguljiet pc iespjas labku frekvenci (Rupja)
un vlreiz veiciet preczo regulanu. Kad traucjumi ir
samazinti, vlreiz reguljiet attlu, lai to ldzintu ekrna centr.
Pozcija: noreguljiet PC ekrna pozciju, izmantojot virziena
pogu ( / / / ).
Attla atiestatana: atjauno attla noklustos iestatjumus.
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 17
17
2010-03-02 10:56:35
Pamatfunkcijas
Skaas iestatjumu pielgoana
Stabilizators
pielgo skaas remu (tikai standarta skaas remam).
Ldzsvars K/L: pielgo labs un kreiss puses skaruu
ldzsvaru.
100Hz / 300Hz / 1 kHz / 3 kHz / 10 kHz (Joslas platuma
regulana): pielgo noteiktu joslas platuma frekvenu lmeni.
Atiestatt: atjauno stabilizatoram noklustos iestatjumus.
Audioapraksts
(funkcija nav pieejama visos reionos) (tikai
digitliem kanliem)
funkcija apstrd audio straumjumu, kas
paredzts AD (audio apraksts), kas tiek raidts
kop ar standarta audio signlu.
AD
Audiovaloda t
(tikai digitliem kanliem)
Maint audio valodu noklusto vrtbu.
Audioformts
Papildiestatjumi
18
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 18
2010-03-02 10:56:35
Line: iestatiet izvades lmeni signliem, kas lielki vai mazki par
31dB (atsauce), uz -20dB vai -31dB.
RF: iestatiet izvades lmeni signliem, kas lielki vai mazki par
-20dB (atsauce), uz -10dB vai -20dB.
Laika iestatana
Ilgums
Pulkstenis: pulksteni iestata, lai vartu televizor izmantot
dadas taimera funkcijas.
Pamatfunkcijas
Uzstdanas izvlne
03
iestatta uz Cits.
DUAL
A2
Stereo
NICAM
Stereo
Audio tips
Mono
Stereo
Dual
Mono
Stereo
Dual
Dual f-g
Mono
Stereo Mono
Dual f Dual g
Mono
Mono Stereo
Mono Dual f
Dual g
Noklusjums
Automtiska
nomaia
1. taimeris
Dual f
Automtiska
nomaia
Dual f
Ieslganas laiks
00
Dezaktivcija
00
Izslganas laiks
00
Dezaktivcija
Skaums
Avots
10
Atkrtot
Vienreiz
00
Antena
TV
Sv.
Kanls
ATV
Pr.
Ot.
Tr.
1
Ce.
Pk.
Se.
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 19
19
2010-03-02 10:56:36
Pamatfunkcijas
Skaums: izmantojiet, lai iestattu vlamo skauma lmeni.
Avots: Izvlieties TV vai USB satura atskaoanu, iesldzot
televizoru automtiski. (Opciju USB var izvlties tikai, ja
televizoram ir pievienota USB ierce)
Antena (kad Avots iestatjums ir TV): Izmantojiet, lai izvltos
ATV vai DTV.
Kanls (kad Avots iestatjums ir TV): izmantojiet, lai atlastu
vajadzgo kanlu.
Saturs (kad Avots iestatjums ir USB): Atlasiet mapi, kas
atrodas USB ierc un satur mzikas vai fotoattlu failus, kas
jatskao, automtiski iesldzot televizoru.
Ja USB ierc nav mzikas failu vai mape, kas satur
mzikas failu, netiek atlasta, funkcija Taimeris
nedarbojas pareizi.
Programmu bloana
Droba
Citas funkcijas
Valoda
Izvlnes valoda: iestatt izvlnes valodu.
Teleteksta valoda: iestatt vlamo teleteksta valodu.
Subtitri
Izmantojiet o izvlni, lai iestattu Subtitri remu.
Subtitri (Izslgts / Ieslgts): ieslgt vai
izslgt subtitrus.
SUBT.
20
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 20
2010-03-02 10:56:36
PIP t
PIEBILDE
remu
Lai atvienotu spu vadbas pulti un pievienotu citu rjo
ierci, uzstdanas izvln nordiet iestatjumam Spu
rems vrtbu Izslgts.
Ja skatsieties televizora izvlni rem Spu rems,
ekrns nedaudz trcs.
Kopj saskarne
PIEBILDE
Pamatfunkcijas
03
Visprji
xx PIP iestatjumi
Galvenais attls
Komponents, HDMI1/DVI,
HDMI2, HDMI3, HDMI4, PC
Apakattls
TV
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 21
21
2010-03-02 10:56:37
Pamatfunkcijas
Atbalsta izvlne
Padiagnostika
Programmatras jauninana
2010/01/18_000001
Tiesaist
Ar kanlu
Gaidstves re. jaunin.
: Izslgts
Alternatva programmatra
2010/01/15_00000
U Prvietot
Ar USB
Programmatras jauninana
Pareizj versija
TV aizmugures panelis
Ar USB: pievienojiet
televizoram USB
atmias ierci ar
programmaparatras
jauninjuma failu, kas
vai
lejupieldts no vietnes
www.samsung.com.
Ldzu, uzmanieties un
USB Drive
neatvienojiet televizoru
no strvas, k ar
neizemiet USB disku, kamr jauninana nav pabeigta. Pc
programmaparatras jauninanas televizors automtiski
izslgsies un ieslgsies. Kad programmatra ir jauninta, veiktie
video un audio iestatjumi tiks atiestatti ldz noklustajiem
iestatjumiem. Iesakm pierakstt veiktos iestatjumus, lai pc
jauninanas js vartu tos vienkri atiestatt.
E Ievadt R Atgriezties
HD savienoanas rokasgrmata
Skatiet o informciju, kad pievienojat televizoram rjas ierces.
Sazinieties ar Samsung
Skatiet o informciju, ja jsu televizors darbojas nepareizi vai ja
vlaties veikt programmatras jauninanu. eit js varat atrast
informciju par msu zvanu centriem, k ar par izstrdjumu un
programmatras lejupieldi.
22
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 22
2010-03-02 10:56:37
Papildu funkcijas
04
Savienojums ar datoru
Papildu funkcijas
AUDIO OUT
DVI OUT
AUDIO OUT
PC OUT
Izirtspja
Horizontl frekvence
(KHz)
Vertikl frekvence
(Hz)
Pikseu takttja
frekvence
(MHz)
Sinhronizcijas
polaritte
(H / V)
IBM
640 x 350
720 x 400
31.469
31.469
70.086
70.087
25.175
28.322
+/-/+
MAC
640 x 480
832 x 624
1152 x 870
35.000
49.726
68.681
66.667
74.551
75.062
30.240
57.284
100.000
-/-/-/-
VESA CVT
720 x 576
1152 x 864
1280 x 720
1280 x 960
35.910
53.783
56.456
75.231
59.950
59.959
74.777
74.857
32.750
81.750
95.750
130.000
-/+
-/+
-/+
-/+
VESA DMT
640 x 480
640 x 480
640 x 480
800 x 600
800 x 600
800 x 600
1024 x 768
1024 x 768
1024 x 768
1152 x 864
1280 x 1024
1280 x 1024
1280 x 720
1280 x 800
1280 x 800
1280 x 960
1360 x 768
1440 x 900
1440 x 900
1680 x 1050
31.469
37.861
37.500
37.879
48.077
46.875
48.363
56.476
60.023
67.500
63.981
79.976
45.000
49.702
62.795
60.000
47.712
55.935
70.635
65.290
59.940
72.809
75.000
60.317
72.188
75.000
60.004
70.069
75.029
75.000
60.020
75.025
60.000
59.810
74.934
60.000
60.015
59.887
74.984
59.954
25.175
31.500
31.500
40.000
50.000
49.500
65.000
75.000
78.750
108.000
108.000
135.000
74.250
83.500
106.500
108.000
85.500
106.500
136.750
146.250
-/-/-/+/+
+/+
+/+
-/-/+/+
+/+
+/+
+/+
+/+
-/+
-/+
+/+
+/+
-/+
-/+
-/+
VESA GTF
1280 x 720
1280 x 1024
52.500
74.620
70.000
70.000
89.040
128.943
-/+
-/-
1920 x 1080p
67.500
60.000
148.500
+/+
PIEBILDE
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 23
23
2010-03-02 10:56:38
Papildu funkcijas
Tkla savienojums
Js varat iestatt savu televizoru, lai tas caur jsu loklo tklu (LAN) vartu piekt internetam, izmantojot vadu vai bezvadu savienojumu.
rjais modems
(ADSL / VDSL / kabetelevzija)
Modema kabelis
LAN kabelis
yy js varat pievienot televizoru savam LAN tklam, savienojot LAN portu, kas atrodas televizora aizmugur, ar IP sadaltju, kas ir pievienots
rjam modemam. Izmantojiet Cat 5 kabeli, lai izveidotu o savienojumu. Skatiet zemk redzamo diagrammu.
TV aizmugures panelis
LAN pieslgvieta uz sienas
rjais modems
(ADSL / VDSL / kabetelevzija)
Modema kabelis
LAN kabelis
IP sadaltjs
(ar DHCP serveri)
LAN kabelis
yy Atkarb no t, k ir konfigurts jsu mjas tkls, iespjams, js varat pievienot televizoru savam LAN tklam, tiei savienojot LAN portu,
kas atrodas televizora aizmugur, ar tkla sienas kontaktligzdu, izmantojot Cat 5 kabeli. Skatiet zemk redzamo diagrammu. emiet vr,
ka sienas kontaktligzda ir pievienota modemam vai marruttjam, kas atrodas kaut kur citur jsu mj.
TV aizmugures panelis
Modema pieslgvieta uz sienas
LAN kabelis
Ja jums ir Dinamiskais tkls, jums ir jizmanto ADSL modems vai marruttjs, kas atbalsta Dinamisko resursdatora konfigurcijas
protokolu (DHCP). Modemi un marruttji, kas atbalsta DHCP, automtiski nodroina IP adreses, apaktkla maskas, vrtejas un DNS
vrtbas, kas nepiecieamas jsu televizoram, lai piektu internetam, tpc jums informcija nav jievada manuli. Lielk daa mjas
tklu ir Dinamiskie tkli.
Daiem tkliem ir nepiecieama statiska IP adrese. Ja jsu tklam ir nepiecieama statiska IP adrese, jums, kad iestatt tkla savienojumu,
manuli ir jievada IP adreses, apaktkla maskas, vrtejas un DNS vrtbas jsu televizora kabea savienojuma iestatanas ekrn. Lai
uzzintu IP adreses, apaktkla maskas, vrtejas un DNS vrtbas, sazinieties ar savu Interneta pakalpojuma sniedzju (ISP). Ja jums ir
Windows dators, js varat s vrtbas uzzint no datora.
Ja jsu tklam ir nepiecieama statiska IP adrese, js vienalga varat izmantot ADSL modemus, kas atbalsta DHCP. ADSL
modemi, kas atbalsta DHCP, auj jums izmantot ar statiskas IP adreses.
24
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 24
2010-03-02 10:56:40
Tkls
Tkla veids
Papildu funkcijas
04
: Kabelis
Tkla iestatana
Tkla prbaude
U Prvietot
E Ievadt R Atgriezties
Tkla iestatana
Interneta prot. iestat.
: Automtisks
IP adrese
Apaktkla maska
Vrteja
DNS
: Automtisks
DNS Serveris
:
U Prvietot
E Ievadt R Atgriezties
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 25
25
2010-03-02 10:56:40
Papildu funkcijas
Pievienoana bezvadu tklam
Lai bez vadiem pievienotu televizoru savam tklam, jums ir nepiecieams bezvadu marrutiztjs vai modems un Samsung bezvadu LAN
adapteris (WIS09ABGN), kuru jums jpievieno USB pieslgvietai televizora aizmugur vai uz snu panea. Skatiet zemk redzamo attlu.
Bezvadu IP sadaltjs
(AP (piekuves punkts) ar
DHCP serveri)
LAN pieslgvieta uz
sienas
TV aizmugures panelis
vai
LAN kabelis
Samsung bezvadu
LAN adapteris
Samsung bezvadu LAN adapteris tiek prdots atsevii, un to ir iespjams iegdties pie noteiktiem mazumtirgotjiem, e-komercijas vietns
un vietn Samsungparts.com. Samsung bezvadu LAN adapteris atbalsta IEEE 802.11A/B/G un N sakaru protokolus. Samsung rekomend
izmantot IEEE 802.11N. Kad skatties video, izmantojot IEEE 802.11B/G savienojumu, video var tikt atskaots nevienmrgi.
PIEBILDE
xx Lai vartu izmantot bezvadu tklu, ir jizmanto Samsung bezvadu LAN adapteris (WIS09ABGN).
xx Samsung bezvadu LAN adapteris tiek prdots atsevii. Bezvadu LAN adapteri WIS09ABGN piedv atsevii mazumtirgotji,
e-komercijas vietnes un vietne Samsungparts.com.
xx Lai vartu izmantot bezvadu tklu, televizoram jbt savienotam ar bezvadu IP sadaltju. Ja bezvadu IP sadaltjs atbalsta DHCP,
televizora savienojumam ar bezvadu tklu varat izmantot DHCP vai statisku IP adresi.
xx Bezvadu IP sadaltjam izvlieties kanlu, kur palaik netiek izmantots. Ja bezvadu IP sadaltjam iestatto kanlu obrd izmanto
cita tuvum esoa ierce, radsies darbbas traucjumi un neizdosies izveidot savienojumu.
xx Ja lietosit kdu drobas sistmu, kas nav nordta zemk, t nedarbosies televizor.
xx Ja izvlts augstas caurlaidbas (Greenfield) 802.11n rems un jsu piekuves punkta ifranas tips ir iestats uz WEP, TKIP vai
TKIP-AES (WPS2Mixed), Samsung televizori, atbilstoi jaunajm Wi-Fi sertifikcijas specifikcijm, neatbalsts o savienojumu.
xx Ja jsu piekuves punkts atbalsta WPS (Wi-Fi aizsargta iestatana), varat pievienot tklu, izmantojot PBC (pogas nospieanas
konfigurcija) vai PIN (persongais identifikcijas numurs). WPS automtiski konfigurs SSID un WPA atslgu jebkur no iem
remiem.
xx Ja jsu marruttjs, modems vai ierce nav sertificta, to nevar pievienot televizoram, izmantojot Samsung bezvadu LAN
adapteri.
xx Savienojuma izveidoanas metodes: Js varat bezvadu tkla savienojumu iestatt seos veidos.
PBC (WPS)
Automtiska iestatana (izmantojot automtiskas tkla meklanas funkciju)
Manula iestatana
Ad-Hoc
xx Visiem Samsung bezvadu LAN adapteriem ir jbt tiei pievienotiem televizora USB portam. USB centrmezgli netiek atbalstti.
26
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 26
2010-03-02 10:56:41
04
Paziojums
1. metode
2. metode
Papildu funkcijas
Kad televizors ir pievienots Samsung bezvadu LAN adapterim, daos kanlos attls var bt izkropots vai statisks. d gadjum izveidojiet
savienojumu, izmantojot vienu no sekojoajm metodm:
vai
Tkla iestatana
Tkla izvle
: Nav iest.
: Automtisks
IP adrese
Apaktkla maska
Vrteja
DNS
: Automtisks
DNS Serveris
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 27
27
2010-03-02 10:56:41
Papildu funkcijas
K veikt automtisku iestatanu
Lai automtiski iestattu bezvadu savienojumu, veiciet sekojoas
darbbas:
1. Veiciet 1. ldz 6. darbbu no sadaas K veikt iestatanu,
izmantojot PBC (WPS) (27. lpp).
2. Nospiediet pogu , lai atlastu Interneta prot. iestat., un tad
nospiediet pogu ENTERE. Nospiediet pogu vai , lai
atlastu Automtisks, un pc tam nospiediet pogu ENTERE.
3. Nospiediet pogu , lai prietu uz Atlasiet tklu, un tad
nospiediet pogu ENTERE. Funkcija Tkls veic pieejamo
bezvadu tklu meklanu. Kad meklana pabeigta, t parda
pieejamo tklu sarakstu.
4. Tklu sarakst nospiediet pogu vai , lai atlastu tklu un tad
nospiediet pogu ENTERE.
0 ievad.
C
Z
n Prvietot
Drobas atslga
Tkla iestatana
0~9
Skaitlis
Mazie burti
B
Dzst
Gatavs
E Ievadt R Atgriezties
28
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 28
2010-03-02 10:56:42
Papildu funkcijas
04
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 29
29
2010-03-02 10:56:42
Papildu funkcijas
Media Play
MEDIA.P
MediaPlay
Video klipi
Maint ierci
SUM
Iesldziet televizoru.
2.
Pievienojiet USB ierci, kur ir fotogrfiju, mzikas un/vai filmu faili, USB 1 (HDD) vai USB 2
pieslgvietai, kas atrodas televizora snos.
3.
Kad USB ierci pievieno televizoram, pards uznirstos lodzi. Tad jizvlas programma
Media Play.
TV aizmugures panelis
vai
USB dzinis
Ja izmantojat Media Play, lai atskaotu jsu dator saglabtu failu , jums jveic PC Share Manager un lietotja rokasgrmatas
lejupielde nowww.samsung.com.
PC
TV aizmugures panelis
LAN
vai
rjais modems
(ADSL/VDSL/kabea TV)
LAN kabelis
Samsung
bezvadu
LAN
adapteris
Bezvadu IP sadaltjs
Modema kabelis
LAN kabelis
LAN kabelis
1.
Lai uzzintu vairk par to, k konfigurt savu tklu, skatiet sadau Tkla savienojums. (24. lpp.).
2.
Ieteicams TV un datoru izvietot vien apaktkl. TV apaktkla adreses un datora IP adreses pirmajm 3 dam ir jbt viendm,
jmaina ir tikai pdj daa (resursa adrese). (Piemram, IP adrese: 123.456.789.**)
Izmantojot LAN kabeli, savienojiet rjo modemu ar datoru, kur tiks uzstdta Samsung PC Share Manager programma.
Televizoru var tiei pieslgt datoram, nepiesldzot to koplietotjam (marruttjam).
30
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 30
2010-03-02 10:56:43
04
Papildu funkcijas
Funkcija Atskaot neprtr. neatbalsta vairku lietotju remu. (T saglabt tikai punktu, kur atskaoanu prtrauca pdjais
lietotjs.)
xx Pirms savienot ierci ar televizoru, ldzu, dubljiet savus failus, lai novrstu datu bojjumus vai zudumu. SAMSUNG nav atbildgs par
jebkdu datu failu bojjumiem vai datu zudumu.
xx Pievienojiet USB cieto disku pie pai im nolkam paredzt USB 1 (HDD) porta.
xx Neatvienojiet USB ierci, kamr t ield datus.
xx Jo augstka bs attla izirtspja, jo ilgks laiks bs nepiecieams, lai to pardtu ekrn.
xx Maksiml atbalstt JPEG izirtspja ir 15360 X 8640 piksei.
xx Ja failus neatbalsta vai tie ir bojti, pards ziojums Neatbalstts faila formts.
xx Ja faili ir sakrtoti, izmantojot skatu Pamatskats, katr map var attlot ldz 1000 failiem.
xx Nav iespjams atskaot MP3 failus ar DRM, kas lejupieldti no maksas vietnes. Digitlo tiesbu prvaldba (DRM) ir tehnoloija,
kas atbalsta satura izveidi, satura izplatanu un prvaldbu integrt un visaptvero veid, ieskaitot satura nodrointju tiesbu un
intereu aizsardzbu, nelikumgas satura kopanas novranu, k ar rinu izrakstanas un norinans prvaldbu.
xx Ja, pievienojot vai izmantojot USB ierci, tiek pardts prspriegojuma paziojums, ierce var netikt atpazta vai ar t var darboties
nepareizi.
xx Ja TV noteikt laika posm, kas iestatts sada Aut. aizsardz. laiks, nav samis ievades signlu, pardsies Ekrnsaudztjs.
xx Pievienojot disku televizoram, dau rjo cieto disku enerijas taupanas rems automtiski var tikt prtraukts.
xx Ja tiek izmantots USB paplainjuma kabelis, USB ierce var netikt atpazta vai ierc saglabtos failus, iespjams, nevars nolast.
xx Ja TV pievienot USB ierce netiek atpazta, ierc saglabto failu saraksts ir bojts vai netiek atskaots kds no saraksta failiem,
pievienojiet USB ierce datoram, formatjiet ierci un tad prbaudiet savienojumu.
xx Ja ar datoru izdzsts fails vl joprojm ir atrodams, palaiot Media Play programmu, izmantojiet datora funkciju Iztukot atkritni, lai
uz visiem laikiem izdzstu failu.
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 31
31
2010-03-02 10:56:44
Papildu funkcijas
Ekrna displejs
Prejiet uz vlamo failu, izmantojot pogas uz augu/uz leju/pa labi/pa kreisi un tad nospiediet pogu ENTERE vai (Atskaot). Fails tiek
atskaots.
Atbalsta Skatt ierces un Skums, kas atrodami Media Play programmas mjas lap.
Informcija:
eit var apskatt izvlt faila
nosaukumu, failu skaitu un lapas
numuru.
Video klipi
Movie 01.avi
Movie 03.avi
Movie 05.avi
1/1 Lapa
/Movie 01.avi
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Movie 07.avi
Movie 02.avi
Movie 04.avi
Movie 06.avi
Movie 09.avi
atkargs no satura.
SUM
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Movie 08.avi
Jan.10.2010
Krtoanas standarts ir
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Movie 10.avi
Atlast
Maint ierci
Jan.10.2010
Krtoana T Rki
Darbbas pogas
Sarkan (Maint ierci): izmantojiet, lai izvltos pievienoto ierci.
B Za (Vlam): iestata vlamos failus. ( iespja netiek atbalstta pamatskat)
Dzelten (Atlast): izmantojiet, lai failu sarakst atlastu vairkus failus. Atlastie faili ir atzmti ar
simbolu.
Zil (Krtoana): atlasa krtoanas sarakstu.
T Rki: parda opciju izvlni.
Lietojot pogas (REW) vai (FF), failu sarakst var priet uz nkamo vai iepriekjo lapu.
Video klipi
Video klipu atskaoana
1. Spiediet pogu vai , lai atlastu Videoklipi, pc tam nospiediet pogu ENTERE izvln Media Play.
2. Nospiediet pogu ///, lai failu sarakst atlastu vlamo failu.
3. Nospiediet pogu ENTERE vai (Atskaot).
Atlastais fails un t atskaoanas laiks pards ekrna augda.
Ja video atskaoanas laika informcija nav zinma, atskaoanas laiks un progresa josla netiek attlota.
Js varat video atskaoanas laik veikt meklanu, izmantojot pogas un .
32
00:04:03 / 00:07:38
1/1
Movie 01.avi
Nosaukums
Faila paplainjums
Formts
.ttxt
XML
SAMI
.smi
HTML
SubRip
.srt
uz virkni balstts
SubViewer
.sub
uz virkni balstts
Micro DVD
uz virkni balstts
SUM
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 32
2010-03-02 10:56:45
*.avi
*.mkv
Konteiners
AVI
MKV
*.asf
ASF
*.wmv
ASF
*.mp4
MP4
*.3gp
3GPP
*.vro
VRO
VOB
*.mpg
*.mpeg
PS
*.ts
*.tp
*.trp
Video kodeks
Izirtspja
Kadru trums
(kadri/sekund)
Bitu prraides
trums
(Mbps)
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
XviD
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
8
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
XviD
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
XVID
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
MPEG1
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
MPEG2
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
MPEG1
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
MPEG2
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
TS
H.264
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG2
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
H.264
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
VC1
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
Audio kodeks
Papildu funkcijas
Faila
paplainjums
04
yy Atbalsttie videoformti
WMA
MP3 / ADPCM / AAC
Citi ierobeojumi
PIEBILDE
Audio dekodtjs
Atbalsta ldz pat WMA 7, 8, 9, STD
WMA 9 PRO neatbalsta vairk k 2 vairkkanlu vai bezzudumu
audio.
WMA 22050Hz mono iztveranas trums netiek atbalstts.
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 33
33
2010-03-02 10:56:46
Papildu funkcijas
Filmas faila atskaoana neprtraukt rem (Atskt atskaoanu)
Ja js izejat no video klipu atskaoanas funkcijas, to var vlk atskaot no vietas, kur tas tika apturts.
1. Izvlieties filmas failu, kuru vlaties atskaot neprtraukt rem, failu
saraksta sada nospieot pogu vai .
2. Nospiediet pogu (Atskaot) / ENTERE.
00:04:03 / 00:07:38
1/1
Movie 01.avi
Atskaot neprtr.
Atsk atskaoanu no pdjs skatts
ainas.
SUM
Mzika
Mzikas atskaoana
1. Spiediet pogu vai , lai atlastu Mzika, pc tam nospiediet pogu
ENTERE izvln Media Play.
Atsk. sar.
I Love you
Jhon
1st Album
Pop
2010
4.2MB
No Singer
3/15
Music 1
Music 2
No Singer
Music 3
No Singer
01:10 / 04:02
Tiek rdti tikai faili, kuru paplainjums ir MP3 un PCM. Faili ar citiem
faila paplainjumiem netiek rdti pat tad, ja tie ir saglabti taj pa
USB ierc.
I Love You
Jhon
Music 4
No Singer
Music 5
No Singer
SUM
Ja atskaojot MP3 failus skaa ir savda, noreguljiet Stabilizators izvln Skaa. (Ja MP3 fails ir prlieku modults, var rasties
skaas problmas.)
Fotoattli
Fotoattla (vai slaidrdes) skatana
1. Spiediet pogu vai , lai atlastu Fotoattli, pc tam nospiediet pogu
ENTERE izvln Media Play.
Normls
Image1024.jpg
1024x768
2010/2/1
3/15
34
SUM
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 34
2010-03-02 10:56:47
04
Video klipi
Atlas. 2 faili
/Movie 01.avi
Movie 01.avi
PIEBILDE
Movie 02.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 03.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 04.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 05.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 07.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 06.avi
Movie 09.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 10.avi
Jan.10.2010
SUM
Jan.10.2010
Movie 08.avi
Jan.10.2010
1/1 Lapa
Papildu funkcijas
Maint ierci
Jan.10.2010
Atlast
Krtoana T Rki
Video klipi
Mzika
Fotoattli
Pamatskats
Darbbas
>
>
>
Nosaukums
>
>
>
Vlam
Sakrtot un pardt vlamo failu. Vlamo failu var maint failu saraksta sada,
izmantojot zao pogu.
>
>
>
Vlkais dat.
>
>
Agrkais dat.
>
>
Izpildtjs
>
Albums
>
anrs
>
Noskaa
Mzikas faili tiek krtoti pc noskaas. Informciju par mzikas noskau var maint.
>
Ik mnesi
Krtot un rdt fotoattlu failus pc mnea. Attli tiek krtoti tikai pc mneiem (no
janvra ldz decembrim), neemot vr gadu.
>
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 35
35
2010-03-02 10:56:49
Papildu funkcijas
Video klipu/mzikas/fotoattlu atskaoanas opciju izvlne
Faila atskaoanas laik nospiediet pogu TOOLS.
Kategorija
Darbbas
Video klipi
Mzika
Fotoattli
Nosaukums
>
Atkrtojuma rems
>
Attla izmrs
>
Attla iestatjums
>
Skaas iestatjums
>
Subtitru iestatjums
Izmantojiet, lai atskaotu video failu ar subtitriem. funkcija darbojas tikai tad, ja
subtitriem ir tds pats faila nosaukums, k video failam.
>
Apturt slaidrdi /
Skt slaidrdi
Slaidrdes trums
>
Fona mzika
>
Tlummaia
>
Pagriezt
Informcija
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
Iestatjumi
Uzstdanas izvlnes izmantoana
F. neprtr. atsk. paldz. (Atskt atskaoanu) (Ieslgts / Izslgts): Izvlieties, lai pardtu uznirstoo paldzbas ziojumu par filmas
neprtrauktu atskaoanu.
Iegt DivX VOD reistrcijas kodu: Parda televizoram autorizto reistrcijas kodu. Ja atvrsiet DivX tmeka vietni un piereistrsiet
reistrcijas kodu savam persongajam kontam, varsiet lejupieldt VOD reistrcijas failu. Kad atskaosiet VOD reistrcijas failu,
izmantojot multivides atskaoanu, reistrcija bs pabeigta.
Iegt DivX VOD deaktivizcijas kodu: Ja DivX VOD nav reistrts, tiek pardts reistrcijas deaktivizcijas kods. Ja izpildt o
funkciju, kad DivX VOD ir reistrts, pareizj DivX VOD reistrcija tiek deaktivizta.
Informcija: Izvlieties, lai skattu informciju par pievienoto ierci.
36
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 36
2010-03-02 10:56:49
04
Anynet+
Anynet+ ir funkcija, kas auj ar Samsung tlvadbas pulti kontrolt visas pievienots Samsung ierces, kas atbalsta Anynet+. Anynet+
sistmu var izmantot tikai ar Samsung iercm, kurm ir Anynet+ funkcija. Lai prliecintos, vai jsu Samsung ierce ir aprkota ar o funkciju,
prbaudiet, vai uz ts ir Anynet+ logotips.
Pieslgana mjas kinozles sistmai
Mjas kinozle
TV aizmugures panelis
Anynet+ 1.
ierce
Papildu funkcijas
Kas ir Anynet+? t
Optiskais kabelis
HDMI kabelis
HDMI kabelis
HDMI kabelis
1. Savienojiet televizora HDMI IN(1(DVI), 2, 3 vai 4) kontaktligzdu un atbilstos Anynet+ ierces HDMI OUT kontaktligzdu, izmantojot HDMI
kabeli.
2. Izmantojot HDMI kabeli, savienojiet mjas kinozles HDMI IN kontaktligzdu ar attiecgs Anynet+ ierces HDMI OUT kontaktligzdu.
PIEBILDE
xx Savienojiet televizora DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) kontaktligzdu ar mjas kinozles sistmas digitlo audio ieejas
kontaktligzdu, izmantojot optisko kabeli.
xx Ja ir izveidots iepriek mintais savienojums, optisk kontaktligzda izvada tikai 2 kanlu audio signlu. Skau raids tikai mjas
kinozles sistmas priekjie labs un kreiss puses skarui, k ar zemo frekvenu skarunis. Ja vlaties klausties 5.1 kanla
audio signlu, tiei savienojiet DVD / sateltuztvrja (t.i., 1. vai 2. Anynet ierces)
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) kontaktligzdu ar pastiprintja vai mjas kinozles sistmas kontaktligzdu, nevis televizora
kontaktligzdu.
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 37
37
2010-03-02 10:56:49
Papildu funkcijas
Anynet+ izvlne
Anynet+ izvlne mains atkarb no TV pieslgto Anynet+ ieru veida un statusa.
Anynet+ izvlne
Skatties TV
Ieru saraksts
(ierces_nosaukums) MENU
(ierces_nosaukums) INFO
Ierakstana: (*raksttjs)
Prtraukt ierakstanu:
(*raksttjs)
Uztvrjs
Apraksts
Maina Anynet+ remu uz TV apraides remu.
Parda Anynet+ ieru sarakstu.
Parda pieslgts ierces izvlnes. Piemram, ja ir pievienots DVD raksttjs, pardsies DVD raksttja
diska izvlne.
Parda pieslgts ierces atskaoanas izvlni. Piemram, ja ir pievienots DVD raksttjs, pardsies
DVD raksttja atskaoanas izvlne.
Nekavjoties sk ierakstanu, izmantojot raksttju. (T ir pieejama tikai iercm, kas atbalsta
ierakstanas funkciju.)
Prtrauc ierakstanu.
Skau atskao, izmantojot uztvrju.
Ja ir pievienotas vairkas ierakstanas ierces, ts tiek pardtas k (*raksttjs), bet, ja ir pievienota tikai viena ierakstanas ierce, t bs
redzama k (*ierces_nosaukums).
Anynet+ iestatana
Uzstdana
Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) (Izslgts / Ieslgts): lai izmantotu funkciju Anynet+, Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) ir jiestata uz Ieslgts.
Ja funkcija Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) ir atspjota, visas ar Anynet+ saistts darbbas tiek deaktiviztas.
Automtiska izslgana (J / N): iestata Anynet+ ierci automtiski izslgties, kad tiek izslgts televizors.
Lai vartu izmantot funkciju Anynet+, tlvadbas pults aktvajam avotam jbt iestattam uz TV.
Pat ja rj ierce joprojm veic ierakstanu, t var izslgties.
Prslgans starp Anynet+ iercm
1. Sarakst ir nordtas ar televizoru savienots Anynet+ ierces.
Ja nevarat atrast vajadzgo ierci, nospiediet sarkano pogu, lai atsvaidzintu sarakstu.
Tikai, ja Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) ir iestatta uz Ieslgts izvln Lietojumprogramma, pards izvlne Ieru saraksts.
xx Prslgans uz atlasto ierci var ilgt ldz 2 mintm. Prslgans laik o darbbu nav iespjams atcelt.
xx Ja atlasjt rjs ievades remu, nospieot pogu SOURCE, js nevarat izmantot funkciju Anynet+. Prsldzieties uz Anynet+ ierci,
izmantojot Ieru saraksts
Ierakstana
Izmantojot Samsung raksttju, ir iespjams ierakstt televzijas programmu.
1. Izvlieties Ierakstana.
xx Ja ir pieslgtas vairkas ierakstanas ierces, ts tiek pardtas sarakst. Izvlieties vienu ierakstanas ierci Ieru saraksts.
Ja ierakstanas ierce netiek pardta, atlasiet Ieru saraksts un nospiediet sarkano pogu, lai mekltu ierces.
2. Lai izietu, nospiediet pogu EXIT.
Pirms ierakstanas prbaudiet, vai antenas kontaktligzda ir pareizi savienota ar ierakstanas ierci. Informciju par pareizu
antenas pieslganu, skatiet ierakstanas ierces lietoanas rokasgrmat.
38
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 38
2010-03-02 10:56:49
04
Papildu funkcijas
Skau iespjams klausties, izmantojot uztvrju (t.i., mjas kinozli), nevis TV skarunis.
1. Atlasiet Uztvrjs un iestatiet vrtbu Ieslgts).
2. Lai izietu, nospiediet pogu EXIT.
Kad uztvrjs (t.i., mjas kinozle) ir iestatts uz Ieslgts, skaa tiek izvadta pa televizora optisko kontaktligzdu. Kad televizors
attlo DTV (tera) signlu, tas izsts 5.1 kanla skau uztvrjam. Ja avots ir digitls komponents, piemram, DVD, un tas ir
savienots ar televizoru, izmantojot HDMI, uztvrjs atskaos tikai divu kanlu skau.
PIEBILDE
xx Anynet+ ierces var kontrolt tikai izmantojot televizora tlvadbas pulti, nevis televizora pogas.
xx Televizora tlvadbas pults noteiktos apstkos var nedarboties. Ja t notiek, vlreiz atlasiet Anynet+ ierci.
xx Anynet+ funkcijas nevar izmantot citu raotju izstrdjumos.
Anynet+ traucjummeklana
Problma
Iespjamais risinjums
Anynet+ nedarbojas.
Prbaudiet, vai ierce ir Anynet+ ierce. Anynet+ sistma atbalsta tikai Anynet+ ierces.
Pievienojiet tikai vienu uztvrju (mjas kinozles sistma).
Prbaudiet, vai ir pareizi pievienots Anynet+ ierces strvas vads.
Prbaudiet Anynet+ ierces Video/Audio/HDMI kabeu savienojumus.
Prbaudiet, vai Anynet+ iestatanas izvln Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) ir iestatts uz Ieslgts.
Prbaudiet, vai televizora tlvadbas pults ir iestatta TV rem.
Prbaudiet, vai t ir tiei Anynet+ tlvadbas pults.
Atsevis situcijs Anynet+ nedarbojas. (Kanlu meklana, Media Play vai Plug & Play (Skotnj
uzstdana), izmantoana utt.).
Kad pievienojat vai noemat HDMI kabeli, ldzu, noteikti mekljiet ierces vlreiz, vai ar izsldziet un iesldziet
televizoru.
Prbaudiet, vai Anynet+ ierces Anynet+ funkcija ir iestatta uz Ieslgts.
Prbaudiet, vai Anynet+ ierce ir pareizi pievienota TV un prbaudiet, vai Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) ir iestatta uz
Ieslgts Anynet+ iestatanas izvln.
Nospiediet pogu TOOLS, lai atvrtu Anynet+ izvlni un atlastu vajadzgo izvlni.
Kad konfigurjat Anynet+ vai prsldzaties uz skatans remu, nevar izmantot tlvadbas pulti.
Izmantojiet tlvadbas pulti tad, kad Anynet+ iestatana vai prslgans uz skatanas remu ir pabeigta.
Ja tiek izmantota tehnoloija Plug & Play (Skotnj uzstdana), atskaoanas funkciju nevar izmantot.
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 39
39
2010-03-02 10:56:50
Papildu funkcijas
AllShare
Par AllShare
AllShare savstarpji savieno televizoru un mobilos tlruus, k
ar citas ar televizoru sadergas ierces, izmantojot tklu. Televizor
var redzt ienkous zvanus, szias un mobilaj tlrun iestattus
grafikus. Papildus tam, js varat atskaot multivides saturu,
piemram, video, fotoattlus un mziku, kas saglabts mobilajos
tlruos vai cits iercs (piemram, dator), vadot tos televizor
caur tklu. Bez tam var izmantot televizoru k monitoru, izmantojot
mobilo tlruni tmeka lapas apskatei.
AllShare iestatana
PIEBILDE
Uzstdana
AllShare
3/7
Uzstdana
Ziojums
: Ieslgts
Ziojums
Medijs
: Ieslgts
Medijs
ScreenShare
: Ieslgts
ScreenShare
TV nosaukums
: Mjas TV
Ziojuma skatana
Ja televzijas skatans laik tiek saemta jauna szia (SMS),
pards brdinjuma logs. Ja noklikinsiet uz pogas Labi, tiks
pardts szias saturs.
sziu skatans iestatjumus mobilajiem tlruiem
iespjams konfigurt. Lai uzzintu, k to izdart, skatiet
mobil tlrua lietotja rokasgrmatu.
40
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 40
2010-03-02 10:56:50
PIEBILDE
Papildu funkcijas
Grafika brdinjums
04
PIEBILDE
Ataut
Aizliegt
Contacts
Calendar
Doc Viewer
E Atlast
Atgriezties
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 41
41
2010-03-02 10:56:51
Papildu informcija
Analog kanla teleteksta funkcija
Teleteksta pakalpojuma indeksa lapa sniedz jums informciju par pakalpojuma izmantoanu. Lai teleteksta informcija pardtu
pareizi, jbt stabilai kanla uztverei. Pretj gadjum informcija var trkt un daas lapas var nepardt.
42
SOURCE
PRE-CH
TTX/MIX
7
8
CH LIST
8
9
0
MENU
0
3
4
5
TOOLS
INFO
RETURN
EXIT
Daa
A
B
C
D
E
F
Saturs
Atlasts lapas numurs.
Apraides kanla
identitte.
Pareizjs lapas
numurs vai meklanas
nordjumi.
Datums un laiks.
Teksts.
Statusa informcija.
FASTEXT informcija.
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 42
2010-03-02 10:56:51
05
Kabeu nostiprinana
Papildu informcija
Statva veids
Ievietojiet kabeus kabeu sait, lai tie nav redzami cauri caurspdgajam statvam.
1
2
3
Nevelciet kabeus prk spcgi, to krtoanas laik. Tas var izraist produkta pieslguma terminu bojjumus.
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 43
43
2010-03-02 10:56:53
Papildu informcija
Sienas montas kronteina uzstdana
Kronteina slgmehnisma piestiprinana
Uzstdot televizoru pie sienas, pievienojiet kronteina slgmehnismu, k nordts attl.
Kronteina slgmehnisms
44
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 44
2010-03-02 10:56:54
05
PIEBILDE
Papildu informcija
Sienas montas kronteina komplekts nav nodroints, tau to var iegdties atsevii.
xx Sienas montas kronteinu, kas neatbilst VESA standarta skrvju specifikcijm, skrvju garums var atirties atkarb no
specifikcijas.
xx Nepievelciet skrves prk ciei, lai izvairtos no ierces sabojanas vai krianas, kas var radt savainojumus. Samsung neuzemas
atbildbu par diem nelaimes gadjumiem.
xx Samsung neuzemas atbildbu par ierces sabojanos vai traumm, ja tiek lietoti nevis VESA, bet citi sienas montas kronteini,
kas neatbilst specifikcijm, vai ja lietotjs neievro ierces uzstdanas instrukcijas.
LED-TV
[pai plns]
collas
VESA Spec. (A * B)
Standarta skrve
19~22
75 X 75
M4
23~29
200 X 100
32~37
200 X 200
40~55
400 X 400
56~65
600 X 400
M8
Daudzums
Neuzstdiet sienas montas kronteina komplektu, kamr televizors ir ieslgts. das rcbas rezultt varat iegt
elektrisk oka radtas traumas.
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 45
45
2010-03-02 10:56:55
Papildu informcija
Pretnozaganas sldzene Kensington Lock
Samsung izstrdjumi netiek piegdti ar Kensington Lock sldzeni. T ir ierce, ko
lieto sistmas nostiprinanai, kad to uzstda sabiedrisk viet. Izstrdjuma izskats
un piestiprinanas veids atkarb no t raotja var atirties no attla. Lai iegtu
informciju par pareizu izstrdjuma lietoanu, skatiet lietoanas rokasgrmatu, kas
pievienota Kensington Lock iercei.
1
2
K ikonai.
1. Ievietojiet nostiprinanas ierci LED televizora Kensington slot 1 un pagrieziet
to, k redzams attl 2.
<Pc izvles>
Skrvju specifikcijas
xx 19 ~ 22 collas modelim: M4
xx 23 ~ 65 collas modelim: M8
PIEBILDE
Siena
46
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 46
2010-03-02 10:56:55
05
Traucjummeklana
Problmas
Risinjumi un skaidrojumi
Attla kvalitte
Vispirms, ldzu, veiciet Attla prbaude, un prliecinieties, vai jsu televizors pareizi attlo prbaudes
attlu. (izvlieties MENU - Atbalsts - Padiagnostika - Attla prbaude) (22. lpp.)
Ja prbaudes attls tiek attlots pareizi, slikta attla kvalitte var bt izraista no avota vai signla.
Ja jums ir analogais televzijas uztvrjs/televizora pierce, nomainiet to pret digitlu televizora pierci.
Izmantojiet HDMI vai komponenu kabeus, lai iegtu HD (augstas izirtspjas) attla kvalitti.
Kabetelevzijas/satelttelevzijas abonentiem: izminiet HD stacijas no kanlu piedvjuma.
Antenas savienojums: Izminiet HD stacijas pc Automtisks programmas izpildes.
Daudzi HD kanli tiek uzlaboti no SD (Standard Definition) satura.
Noreguljiet kabetelevzijas vadbas bloka / televizora pierces video izejas izirtspju uz 1080i vai 720p.
Prliecinieties, ka skatties televizoru no miniml ieteicam attluma, atkarb no t izmra un signla
izirtspjas.
Video satura saspieana var izraist attla kropojumus, pai tras kustbas attliem, piemram,
sportam un darbbas filmm.
Zems signla lmenis vai t slikta kvalitte var izraist attla kropojumus. T nav televizora problma.
Noreguljiet Attls opcijas televizora izvln. (izvlieties Attla rems / Krsa / Spilgtums / Asums) (15. lpp.)
Noreguljiet opciju Enerijas taup. televizora izvln. (izvlieties MENU - Attls - Ekol. risinjums
- Enerijas taup.) (15. lpp.)
Miniet veikt attla atiestatanu, lai skattu noklustos attla iestatjumus. (izvlieties MENU - Attls
- Attla atiestatana) (17. lpp.)
Attls ir melnbalts.
Ja izmantojat salikto AV ieeju, pievienojiet video kabeli (dzeltens) televizora komponenu ieejas 1
zaajai kontaktligzdai.
Skaas kvalitte
Papildu informcija
Ja saistb ar televizora darbbu raduies kdi jautjumi, vispirms skatieties aj sarakst. Ja neviens no iem traucjummeklanas
padomiem nepaldz, ldzu, apmekljiet vietni www.samsung.com, tad uzklikiniet uz Atbalsts vai sazinieties ar zvanu centru, kas nordts
uz s rokasgrmatas aizmugurj vka.
Vispirms, ldzu, veiciet Skaas prbaude, lai prliecintos, ka jsu televizora audio darbojas pareizi.
(izvlieties MENU - Atbalsts - Padiagnostika - Skaas prbaude) (22. lpp.)
Ja audio ir krtb, skaas problmu var bt radjis signla avots.
Prbaudiet kabeu savienojumus. Prliecinieties, vai video kabelis nav pievienots pie audio ieejas.
Prbaudiet signla stiprumu antenas vai kabea savienojumam. Vj signla lmenis var izraist skaas
kropojumu.
Prbaudiet, vai Miega taimeris ir iestatts uz Izslgts izvln Uzstdana (19. lpp.).
Ja televizors pievienots jsu datoram, prbaudiet datora baroanas iestatjumus.
Prliecinieties, ka maistrvas strvas vads ir stingri pievienots sienas kontaktligzdai un televizoram.
Ja skatties televizoru un, izmantojot antenas vai kabea savienojumu, 10 ~ 15 mintes netiek
saemts signls, televizors izslgsies.
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 47
47
2010-03-02 10:56:56
Papildu informcija
Problmas
Nav attla/video.
Risinjumi un skaidrojumi
Prbaudiet kabeu savienojumus (atvienojiet un no jauna pievienojiet visus televizora un rjo ieru kabeus).
Iestatiet, lai jsu rjs ierces (kabetelevzijas vadbas bloka/televizora pierces, DVD, Blu-ray u.c.)
video izeja atbilstu izmantotajiem televizora ievades savienojumiem. Piemram, ja rjs ierces izeja ir
HDMI, tai jbt savienotai ar televizora HDMI ieeju.
Prliecinieties, ka pievienots ierces ir ieslgtas.
Nospieot tlvadbas pogu SOURCE, prliecinieties, ka televizor izvlts pareizais avots.
RF(kabelis/antena) savienojums
Televizors neuztver visus kanlus.
Video satura saspieana var izraist attla kropojumus, pai tras kustbas attliem, piemram,
sportam un darbbas filmm.
Vj signla lmenis var izraist attla kropojumu. T nav televizora problma.
Datora savienojums
Pards paziojums Rems nav
atbalstts.
Iestatiet sava datora izejas izirtspju un frekvenci, lai t atbilstu izirtspjm, kuras atbalsta
televizors (23. lpp.).
Tas ir normli; PC tiek pardts avotu sarakst vienmr, neatkargi no t, vai tas ir pievienots.
Citi
Pilnekrna rem netiek rdts attls.
HD kanliem, rdot uzlabotu SD (4:3) saturu, katr ekrna pus ir redzamas melnas joslas.
Filmm, kuru attla attiecba atiras no jsu televizora attla attiecbas, augpus un apakpus bs
redzamas melnas joslas.
Lai skattu attlu piln ekrn, noreguljiet rjs ierces vai televizora attla izmra iestatjumu.
Ielieciet tlvadbas pults baterija t, lai poli (+/) btu vrsti pareiz virzien.
Notriet tlvadbas pults sensora prraides stiklu.
Miniet vrst tlvadbu tiei pret televizoru no 5~6 pdu attluma.
Prbaudiet televizora atbalstts izirtspjas un atbilstoi noreguljiet rjs ierces izejas izirtspju.
Skatiet informciju par izirtspjas iestatjumiem s rokasgrmatas 23. lappus.
Televizors o pc plastmasas.
Ja televizors ir rem Sagl. dem., tas atiestats audio un attla iestatjumus ik pc 30 mintm.
Mainiet iestatjumus no rema Sagl. dem. uz remu Lietoana mjs, izmantojot procedru Plug &
Play (Skotnj uzstdana). Nospiediet pogu SOURCE, lai izvltos remu TV, un izvlieties MENU
Uzstdana Plug & Play (Skotnj uzstdana) ENTERE (7. lpp.).
48
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 48
2010-03-02 10:56:56
Risinjumi un skaidrojumi
05
Problmas
PIP funkcionalitte ir pieejama tikai, ja skatties HDMI, datora vai komponenu avotu (21. lpp.).
Ja izmantojat CAM KARTI (CI/CI+), prbaudiet vai t ir uzstdta kopjs saskarnes slot.
Ja problma joprojm pastv izvelciet CAM KARTI no televizora un no jauna ievietojiet to slot.
Tas ir normli. Televizors pats darbina funkciju OTA (Over The Aerial), lai jaunintu programmaparatru,
kas lejupieldta, kamr skatties televziju.
Lai novrstu o problmu, izmantojiet filca starplikas uz televizora virsmas, kas var nonkt tie
saskar ar inventru.
Papildu informcija
is TFT LED panelis izmanto paneli, kas sastv no apakpikseiem, kuru raoan tiek izmantota sareta tehnoloija. Tau ekrn
var bt redzami dai spilgti vai tumi piksei. ie piksei neietekm izstrdjuma darbbu.
Licence
Raots saska ar Dolby Laboratories licenci. Dolby un dubult D simbols ir Dolby Laboratories preu zmes.
Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent #s: 5,451,942; 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; 6,487,535
& other U.S. and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS and the Symbol are registered trademarks. & DTS
2.0+ Digital Out and the DTS logos are trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product Includes software. DTS, Inc. All
Rights Reserved.
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO: DivX is a digital video format created by DivX,Inc. This is an official DivX Certified device that plays DivX video. Visit www.divx.
com for more information and software tools to convert your files into DivX video.
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO-ON-DEMAND: This DivX Certified device must be registered in order to play DivX Video-on-Demand (VOD) content.
To generate the registration code, locate the DivX VOD section in the device setup menu.
Go to vod.divx.com with this code to complete the registration process and learn more about DivX VOD. Pat. 7,295,673; 7,460,688; 7,519,274
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 49
49
2010-03-02 10:56:56
Papildu informcija
Specifikcijas
Panea dabisk izirtspja
1920 x 1080 @ 60 Hz
Vides apstki
Darba temperatra
Darba vides mitrums
Uzglabanas temperatra
Uzglabanas vides mitrums
Televizora sistma
Krsu/video sistma
Skaas sistma
HDMI IN 1 ~ 4
Video: 1080 24p, 1080p, 1080i, 720p 576p, 576i, 480p, 480i
Audio: 2 kanlu liner PCM 32/44,1/48 kHz, 16/20/24 bitu.
Analog audio ieeja (tikai HDMI IN1)
PC ieeja (tikai HDMI IN1)
-20 ~ 20
UE32C5000
UE37C5000
32 collas
37 collas
Skaa
(Izvade)
10W x 2
Izmri (Pl.xDz.xAugst.)
Korpuss
Ar statvu
Svars
Bez statva
Ar statvu
Modea nosaukums
Ekrna izmrs
(Diagonli)
8,2 kg
11,0 kg
10,6 kg
14,2 kg
UE40C5000
UE46C5000
40 collas
46 collas
Skaa
(Izvade)
10W x 2
12,1 kg
15,7 kg
15,7 kg
19,7 kg
50
Latviski
2.BN68-02656G-00Lat.indd 50
2010-03-02 3:08:27
das krsa
AllShare
Antena
Anynet+
rjais skarunis
Asums
Atkrtojuma rems
Atlast skaruni
Attla izmrs
Austias
Auto skaums
Automtisk regulana
Avotu saraksts
K
16
40
13
37
18
15
36
18
16, 36
9
18
17
10
B
Balt balanss
Baterijas
16
6
D
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
Dinamiskais
Dinamisks Kontrasts
DivX VOD
D-sub
9, 37
15
15
36
23
Kabeu saite
Kanlu izvlne
Kanlu prvaldn.
Kanlu rediana
Kanlu skata izmantoana
Komponents
Krsu tonis
Kronteina slgmehnisms
Licence
Ldzsvars K/L
Maint PIN
Mjas kinozle
Mani kanli
Media Play
Melnais tonis
Melodija
Miega taimeris
Mzika
Ekol. sensors
15
Enerijas taupana
15
EPG (Electronic Programme Guide) 11
Navigcija
Nosaukums
Now & Next rokasgrmata
G
Gaidstves rems
H
HDMI
8, 37
I
Ieplnoto prraiu izmantoana
Ierakstana
Izlases kanlu izmantoana
Izvlties visu
Izvlnes caurspdgums
12
38
13
14
21
49
18
17
36
34
13
4, 43
13
12
14
11
8
16
44
Filmas rems
Fona mzika
Fotoattli
Frekvence
Optiml izirtspja
20
9, 37
13
30
15
21
19
34
11
35
11
10
15
3
S
Savienojums ar audio ierci
Savienojums ar datoru
Sienas montas kronteins
Signla informcija
Silts
Simbols
Skaums
Slaidrde
Sldzene
Specifikcijas
Spilgtums
Stabilizators
Strvas padeves indikators
Subtitri
9
23
44
22
16
3
5
34
14
50
15
18
5
20
T
Taimeris
Tlvadbas pults
Tkla iestatana
Tkla savienojums
Traucjummeklana
TV skarunis
19
6
25
24
47
18
U
23
P
Pagriezt
Pamatskats
Padiagnostika
Pastiprinana
PIP (Attls attl)
Plug & Play
Poga ON/OFF
Precza regulana
Programmatras jauninana
Pulkstenis
Redit nosaukumu
Rems Tikai RGB
Rki
36
35
22
17
21
7
6
14
22
19
USB dzinis
Uzstdanas vieta
Uztvrjs
22, 30
2
39
V
Valoda
Video formti
Video klipi
20
33
32
Latviski
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 51
Papildu informcija
05
Alfabtiskais rdtjs
51
2010-03-02 10:56:57
Paveikslliai ir iliustracijos ioje vartotojo instrukcijoje pateikiami tik kaip pavyzdiai ir gali skirtis nuo tikrojo gaminio ivaizdos. Gaminio
konstrukcija ir techniniai duomenys gali bti keiiami i anksto apie tai nespjus.
Su skaitmenine televizija (DVB) susijusios funkcins galimybs teikiamos tik tose alyse ar regionuose, kuriuose transliuojama skaitmenin antemin
televizija DVB-T (MPEG2 ir MPEG4 AVC) arba kuriuose galima prieiga prie suderinamos kabelins televizijos DVB-C (MPEG2 ir MPEG4 AAC)
paslaug. Apie galimyb gauti DVB-T arba DVB-C televizijos signal teiraukits vietinio platintojo.
DVB-T yra Europos konsorciumo DVB skaitmenins antemins televizijos transliavimo, o DVB-C skaitmenins kabelins televizijos transliavimo
standartas. Taiau kai kurios atskiros funkcijos, pvz., EPG (elektroninio program gido), VOD (vaizdo rodymo pareikalavus) ir kitos, nra trauktos i
specifikacij. Tad iuo metu jos neveikia.
Nors is televizorius (nuo 2008 m. rugpjio mn.) atitinka DVB-T ir DVB-C standartus, taiau suderinamumas su transliuojama skaitmenine
antemine DVB-T ir skaitmenine kabeline DVB-C televizija ateityje negarantuojamas.
Atsivelgiant al ar region, kuriame naudojamas is televizorius, kai kurie kabelins televizijos transliuotojai gali papildomai apmokestinti i
paslaug, o jums gali tekti sutikti su bendrosiomis i paslaug teikimo slygomis.
Kai kuriose alyse arba regionuose kai kurios skaitmenins televizijos funkcijos gali bti neprieinamos, o kai kuri kabelins televizijos paslaug teikj
DVB-C televizijos transliacija gali bti perduodama netinkamai.
Daugiau informacijos kreipkits vietin Samsung klient aptarnavimo centr.
io televizoriaus priimamo signalo kokybei neigiamos takos gali turti alyse taikomi skirtingi transliavimo bdai. Apie tai, ar televizoriaus
veikim galima pagerinti i naujo sukonfigravus TV nustatymus, teiraukits vietinio SAMSUNG galioto platintojo arba skambinkite
Samsung skambui centr.
Jei naudojate stov arba sienin laikikl, naudokite tik Samsung Electronics tiekiamas dalis.
xx Jei naudojate kito gamintojo dalis, produktas gali neveikti arba krisdamas produktas gali sueisti.
Ivaizda gali skirtis priklausomai nuo gaminio.
Montavimas naudojant stov
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
Tinkamas io gaminio imetimas (elektros ir elektronins rangos atliekos)
is enklas, pateiktas ant gaminio, jo pried ar dokumentacijoje, nurodo, kad gaminio ir jo elektronini pried (pvz., kroviklio,
ausini, USB kabelio) negalima imesti kartu su kitomis buitinmis atliekomis gaminio naudojimo laikui pasibaigus. Kad bt
ivengta galimos nekontroliuojamo atliek imetimo alos aplinkai arba moni sveikatai ir skatinamas aplink tausojantis antrini
aliav panaudojimas, atskirkite iuos elementus nuo kit ri atliek ir atiduokite perdirbti. Informacijos kur ir kaip pristatyti iuos
elementus saugiai perdirbti, privats vartotojai turt kreiptis parduotuv, kurioje gamin pirko, arba vietos valdios institucijas.
Verslo vartotojai turt kreiptis savo tiekj ir perirti pirkimo sutarties slygas. Tvarkant atliekas, io gaminio ir jo elektronini
pried negalima maiyti su kitomis
pramoninmis atliekomis.
Tinkamas io produkto akumuliatori tvarkymas
(Taikoma Europos Sjungoje ir kitose Europos alyse, kuriose galioja atskiros akumuliatori grinimo sistemos.)
is enklas yra pateikiamas ant akumuliatoriaus, jo dokumentacijoje ar ant pakuots nurodo, kad io produkto akumuliatori,
pasibaigus j tarnavimo laikui, negalima imesti kartu su kitomis buitinmis atliekomis. Cheminiai simboliai Hg, Cd arba Pb rodo,
kad akumuliatoriuje yra gyvsidabrio, kadmio ar vino, kurio kiekis virija norm, nurodyt ES direktyvoje 2006/66. Jei akumuliatoriai
nebus tinkamai imesti, ios mediagos gali sukelti alos moni sveikatai ar aplinkai. Tam, kad bt apsaugoti gamtos itekliai
ir skatinamas antrini aliav panaudojimas, paome atskirti akumuliatori nuo kit ri atliek ir atiduoti perdirbti vietinje
akumuliatori grinimo sistemai.
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 2
2010-03-02 10:56:58
Turinys
Pradia
Sujungimai
8
11
4
5
6
7
7
Priedai
Valdymo skydelio apvalga
Nuotolinio valdymo pulto apvalga
Antenos prijungimas
Jungti ir leisti (pradin sranka)
11
11
11
13
15
17
19
22
Narymas po meniu
Mygtuko INFO (Now & Next vedlio) naudojimas
Periros planavimas
Kanalo meniu
Vaizdo meniu
Garso meniu
Srankos meniu
Pagalbos meniu
Papildomos funkcijos
23
23
24
30
37
40
Sujungimas su kompiuteriu
Tinklo ryys
Media Play
Anynet+
AllShare
Kita informacija
42
43
44
46
46
47
50
51
42
LIETUVI
Pagrindins funkcijos
Patikrinkite enkl!
t
TOOLS
Pastaba
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 3
2010-03-02 10:56:58
Pradia
Priedai
sitikinkite, kad emiau nurodyti elementai yra js LED televizoriaus pakuotje. Jeigu trksta nors vieno i j, kreipkits platintoj.
Element spalva ir forma gali skirtis pagal model.
Pakuotje nesanius kabelius galima nusipirkti atskirai.
yy Nuotolinio valdymo pultas ir maitinimo elementai (AAA x 2)
yy Naudojimo instrukcijos
yy Garantin kortel / saugos instrukcija ( komplekt traukiama ne visuose regionuose)
yy Valymo servetl
yy Maitinimo laidas
(M4 X L8)
yy Tvirtinimo laikiklis
yy Kabeli laikiklis
yy Komponentinio kituko
adapteris
yy AV jungties adapteris
Kad sujungimas kabeliu bt kuo geresnis, naudokite maksimalaus storio kabelius, kaip pavaizduota toliau:
yy Maksimalus storis 0,55 coli (14 mm)
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 4
2010-03-02 10:57:00
01
Pradia
Garsiakalbiai
SOURCEE
jungiamas bet kuris galimas vesties altinis. mygtuk, esant ekrano meniu, naudokite taip,
kaip naudotumte nuotolinio valdymo pulto mygtuk ENTERE.
Ekrane rodomas meniu, OSD (ekrano rodinys) ir js turimo televizoriaus funkcijos.
MENU
P (Maitinimas)
Y
z
Budjimo reimas
Ilgai nepalikite televizoriaus jungto budjimo reimu (pvz., ivykdami atostogauti). iek tiek elektros energijos sunaudojama net ir ijungus
maitinimo mygtuku. Geriausia itraukti maitinimo laid.
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 5
2010-03-02 10:57:00
Pradia
Nuotolinio valdymo pulto apvalga
Tai specialus nuotolinio valdymo pultas su Brailio takais ant maitinimo, kanalo ir garsumo mygtuk, skirtas silpno regjimo monms.
POWER
ON/OFF
jungia arba ijungia nuotolinio valdymo
pulto lemput. Kai jungta, paspaudus
mygtukus jie trumpam vieia.
(Nuotolinio valdymo pultu nustaius
mygtuk padt On (jungtas),
sumas maitinimo element naudojimo
trukm).
SOURCE
PRE-CH
TTX/MIX
Reguliuojamas garsumas.
Keiia kanalus.
CH LIST
Atidaro OSD.
MENU
MIDEA.P
GUIDE
TOOLS
INFO
RETURN
EXIT
Udaro meniu.
D
P.MODE
S.MODE
DUAL
AD
P.SIZE
SUBT.
PASTABA
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 6
2010-03-02 10:57:01
01
Antenos prijungimas
Pradia
Kabelis
arba
ANT OUT
Maitinimo vestis
1
2
Kalbos pasirinkimas
3
4
5
alies pasirinkimas
6
7
8
9
Nurodymai nustatyti
Laikrodio reimas
Nurodymai pasirinkti
Is. demon. arba
Naud. nam.
Antenos pasirinkimas
Kanalo pasirinkimas
Nordami nutraukti raymo atmint proces bet kuriuo metu spauskite mygtuk ENTERE.
Laiko juosta
HD prijungimo
vadovas perira
Mgaukits savo
televizoriumi.
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 7
2010-03-02 10:57:01
Sujungimai
Sujungimas su kintamos srovs prietaisu
HDMI / DVI laido naudojimas: HD jungtis (iki 1080 p.)
Galimi prietaisai: DVD disk leistuvas, Blu-ray grotuvas, HD kabelins televizijos priedlis, HD STB (Set-Top-Box) palydovinis imtuvas,
kabelins televizijos priedlis, palydovinis imtuvas (STB)
DVD /
Blu-ray grotuvas
HDMI OUT
DVD /
Blu-ray grotuvas
DVI OUT
AUDIO OUT
R
W
Raudonas Baltas
R-AUDIO-L
xx Su HDMI / DVI jungtimi turite naudoti HDMI IN 1(DVI) kituk. DVD, Blu-ray grotuvui, HD kabelins televizijos priedliui,
HD STB palydoviniam imtuvui, kabelins televizijos priedui arba STB palydoviniam imtuvui gali reikti DVI-HDMI (DVI HDMI)
kabelio arba DVI-HDMI (DVI HDMI) adapterio. Garsui reikia PC/DVI AUDIO IN lizdo.
xx Jeigu prijungtas iorinis prietaisas, pvz., DVD disk leistuvas, Blu-ray grotuvas, kabelins televizijos priedlis, STB
palydovinis imtuvas, kuris palaiko senesnes nei 1,3 HDMI versijas, televizorius gali veikti netinkamai (pvz., nebus vaizdo,
garso, vaizdas erzinamai mirgs ar spalvos bus neprastos).
xx Jeigu prijungus HDMI laid nra garso, patikrinkite iorinio prietaiso HDMI versij. Jeigu tariate, kad versija senesn nei 1,3,
kreipkits prietaiso tiekj, kad jis patvirtint HDMI versij, ir reikalaukite naujinio.
xx Rekomenduojama sigyti HDMI sertifikuot kabel. Kitaip ekranas gali bti tuias arba gali vykti prisijungimo klaida.
Kaip naudoti komponentin (iki 1080p) arba garso / vaizdo (tik 480i) ir Scart kabel
Galimi prietaisai: DVD disk leistuvas, Blu-ray grotuvas, kabelins televizijos priedlis, STB palydovinis imtuvas, vaizdajuosi leistuvas
Raudonas Baltas
DVD /
Blu-ray grotuvas
COMPONENT OUT
PB
VCR
AUDIO OUT
AUDIO OUT
R-AUDIO-L
R-AUDIO-L
VIDEO OUT
EXT
VCR / DVD
PR
Esant Ior. reimui jungtis DTV Out palaiko tik MPEG SD vaizd ir gars.
Geriausiai vaizdo kokybei gauti komponentin laid rekomenduojama jungti per garso ir vaizdo (A/V) jungt.
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 8
2010-03-02 10:57:02
02
Sujungimai
xx Skaitmenin garso sistem jungus lizd DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL), sumainamas ir televizoriaus, ir sistemos
garsas.
xx 5,1 CH (kanalo) garsas yra, jei televizorius prijungtas prie 5,1 CH palaikanio papildomo prietaiso.
xx Kai imtuvas (nam kino sistema) jungtas, i televizoriaus optinio lizdo girdsite ieinant gars. Gaudamas DTV signal
televizorius 5,1 kanalo gars siunia nam kino sistemos imtuv. Kai altinis yra skaitmeninis komponentas, pvz., DVD
leistuvas, Blu-ray grotuvas, kabelins televizijos priedlis, STB (Set-Top-Box) palydovinis imtuvas, kuris prie televizoriaus
prijungtas per HDMI jungt, i nam kino sistemos girdimas tik 2 CH garsas. Nordami girdti 5,1 kan. gars, turimo DVD
leistuvo, Blu-ray grotuvo, kabelins televizijos priedlio, STB palydovinio imtuvo skaitmenins garso ivesties kituk
junkite tiesiai stiprintuv arba nam kino sistem.
Ausins H: ausines galite jungti aparato ausini lizd. Kol ausins prijungtos, montuot garsiakalbi garsas bus ijungtas.
xx Jei ausins jungiamos prie televizoriaus, garso funkcija gali veikti ribotai.
xx Ausini ir televizoriaus garsumas reguliuojamas atskirai.
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 9
2010-03-02 10:57:03
Sujungimai
Bendrosios ssajos jungtis COMMON INTERFACE
Norint irti mokamus kanalus btina dti Cl arba Cl+ kortel.
yy Nedjus CI arba CI+ kortels per kai kuriuos kanalus gali bti
rodomas praneimas Koduotas signalas.
yy U 23 minui ekrane pasirodys papildoma informacija: telefono
numeris, CI arba CI+ kortels atpainimo kodas, pagrindinio
kompiuterio atpainimo kodas ir kiti duomenys. Jei ekrane rodomas
klaidos praneimas, kreipkits paslaug tiekj.
yy Sukonfigravus kanal informacij ekrane rodomas praneimas
Naujinimas baigtas. Tai nurodo, kad kanal sraas atnaujintas.
PASTABA
xx CI arba CI+ kortel turite sigyti i vietinio kabelins televizijos paslaug teikjo.
xx CI arba CI+ kortel iimkite atsargiai traukdami pirtais, nes jai nukritus ji gali bti apgadinta.
xx CI arba CI+ kortel dkite ant kortels nurodyta kryptimi.
xx Bendrosios ssajos jungties COMMON INTERFACE vieta gali skirtis pagal model.
xx Kai kuriose alyse ar regionuose kortel CI ar CI+ nepalaikoma; teiraukits savo galiotojo platintojo.
xx Kilus problemoms kreipkits paslaugos teikj.
xx kikite esamus antenos nustatymus palaikani CI arba CI+ KORTEL. Ekrano vaizdas bus ikraipytas arba nebus rodomas.
Redaguoti pavadinim
altini sraas
Naudokite mygtuk nordami pasirinkti
televizoriaus ar kitus papildomus vesties
altinius, pvz., prie televizoriaus prijungt DVD
leistuv / Blue-ray grotuv / kabelins televizijos
priedl / STB palydovin imtuv.
TV / Ior. / PC / AV / Komponentas /
HDMI1/DVI / HDMI2 / HDMI3 / HDMI4
/ USB
SOURCE
10
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 10
2010-03-02 10:57:03
Pagrindins funkcijos
PRE-CH
TTX/MIX
CH LIST
MENU
MIDEA.P
GUIDE
TOOLS
INFO
RETURN
EXIT
1
2
Pagrindins funkcijos
03
Narymas po meniu
DEF
DTV Air
D
ymekl ir pasirinkite
ENTERE / krypties mygtukas: perkelkite
P.MODE nustatym.
S.MODE
element. Patvirtinkite
15
18:00 ~ 6:00
Unclassified
No Detaild Information
E irti
Informacija
DUAL
Periros planavimas
Vadovas
MENU m
2
3
4
5
6
7
ENTER E
ENTER E
/
/
EXIT e
GUIDE
Vadovas
800 five
Knl. per. - TV
iandien
27
Discovery
28
DiscoveryH&L
800
five
24
price-drop.tv
16
QVC
6
R4DTT
Per.re.
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 11
18:00 - 19:00
American Chopper
Programmes resume at 06:00
Home and...
)Family Affairs
No Information
QVC Selection
No Information
+24 valandos
Kan.re.
19:00 - 20:00
Tine Team
Fiv...
)Dark Angel
Lietuvi
11
2010-03-02 10:57:05
Pagrindins funkcijos
Numatyt apvalgos naudojimas
Vadovas
800
800
)Family Affairs
)Dark Angel
Suplanuotj perira
18:30 iandien
19:15 iandien
Drama
800 five
five
five
kanalo numeris.
xx
Per.re.
Informacija E Ataukti
xx
puslapio.
Naudojimas
Analoginis kanalas.
Pasirinktas kanalas.
Mgstamu paymtas kanalas.
iuo metu transliuojama programa.
Urakintas kanalas.
Numatyta irti programa.
Kanal tvarkytuvas
Itrinkite arba nustatykite mgstamus kanalus, o skaitmeninms
transliacijoms naudokite program gid. Kanal pasirinkite meniu
Kanalai, Mano kanalai arba ekrane rodinyje Suplanuota.
Kanalai
Visi
Antena
12
Antena
c1
2
TV
15
Radijas
Data/Kita
Analogin
3
23
33
32
5
4
27
Priartinimas
Pasirinkite
1futech
* 24ore.tv
abc1
BBC World
bid-up.tv
Boonerang
Cartoon Nwk
Class News
\ Coming Soon
Discovery
Riuoti k Puslapis T rankiai
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 12
2010-03-02 10:57:06
03
alis
(Kanal tvarkytuvas)
Rodomi visi mgstami kanalai.
Aut. isaugojimas
mano kanalas.
1. Pasirinkite kanal ir spauskite mygtuk TOOLS.
Kanalai
Antena
c1
2
Visi
TV
15
Radijas
Data/Kita
Analogin
3
23
33
32
5
4
27
Antena
Priartinimas
Pasirinkite
1futech
* 24ore.tv
abc1
BBC World
Laik. Perira
bid-up.tv
Redag. kanal sk.
Boonerang
alinti
Nwk
PasirinktiCartoon
visus
ClassdNews
\ Coming Soon
Discovery
Riuoti k Puslapis T rankiai
Kanal sraas
Rodomi visi surasti kanalai.
CH LIST
Pagrindins funkcijos
* Mano kanalai
Rankinis isaugojimas
Kanal iekoma rankiniu bdu ir jie isaugomi televizoriaus atmintyje.
Kanalo meniu
Simboli greitis
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 13
13
2010-03-02 10:57:06
Pagrindins funkcijos
Kanal reimas
Kanal redagavimas
Kanal valdymo programos parinki meniu
(Kanal tvarkytuvas)
1. Pasirinkite kanal ir spauskite mygtuk TOOLS.
2. Kanalo pavadinim arba numer redaguokite per meniu
Redaguoti kanalo pavadinim arba Redag. kanal sk..
Redaguoti kanalo pavadinim (tik analoginiams kanalams):
priskirkite savo sukurt kanalo pavadinim.
Redag. kanal sk. (tik skaitmeniniams kanalams): numer
redaguokite spausdami pageidaujam skaii mygtukus.
PASTABA
Kitos funkcijos
(pagal al)
Nustatomos papildomos iekos parinktys, pavyzdiui, iekos
kabelins televizijos tinkle danis ir simboli greitis.
Kanal tvarkytuvas
Kanal valdymo programos parinki meniu
Kiekvienas kanalas nustatomas naudojant Kanal tvarkytuvas
meniu parinktis (Urakinti / Atrakinti, Laik. Perira, Riuoti,
alinti, Pasirinkti visus / Naikinti vis ymjim). Atsivelgiant
kanalo bsen parinki meniu elementai gali skirtis.
1. Pasirinkite kanal ir spauskite mygtuk TOOLS.
Suplanuota
(Kanal tvarkytuvas)
Galite perirti, keisti arba paalinti laid, kuri buvote numat
irti.
Pakeisti informacij: keiskite laidas, kurias buvote numat
irti.
Ataukti grafikus: ataukite laidas, kurias buvote numat
irti.
Informacija: perirkite laidas, kurias buvote numat
irti. (Taip pat galite keisti informacij apie numatytas irti
programas.)
Pasirinkti visus / Naikinti vis ymjim: pasirinkite visas
numatytas irti programas arba ataukite j pasirinkim.
Suderinimas
(tik analoginiams kanalams)
Jeigu signalas silpnas ar ikraipytas, jums gali tekti tiksliai
sureguliuoti kanalus rankiniu bdu.
14
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 14
2010-03-02 10:57:07
Reimas
P.MODE
Iplstins nuostatos
(galimi esant Standartinis / Filmas reimui)
Galite nustatyti papildomus ekrano nustatymus, skaitant spalvas ir
kontrastingum.
Iplstins nuostatos
PASTABA
Ekonomikumo sprendimai
Ekonom. sprendimas
Energij. Taupymas (Ijungti / Maas / Vidutinis / Didelis
/ Vaizdas ij. / Autom.) t: i funkcija reguliuoja
televizoriaus vaizdo viesum, kad sumaint energijos
snaudas. Pasirinkus Vaizdas ij., ijungiamas ekranas, bet
ne garsas. Nordami jungti ekran paspauskite bet kur, tik ne
garso, mygtuk.
Pagrindins funkcijos
03
Vaizdo meniu
Juodas tonas
: Ijungti
Dinam. kontr.
: Vidutinis
eli detals
: -2
Gama
:0
: Ijungti
Spalv erdv
: Natrali
Baltumo balansas
U Perkelti
E vesti R Grti
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 15
15
2010-03-02 10:57:08
Pagrindins funkcijos
Spalv erdv (Autom. / Natrali): nustatykite spalv erdv
vaizdui kurti.
Baltumo balansas: nustatykite spalv temperatr, kad
vaizdas atrodyt natraliau.
R pokytis / G pokytis / B pokytis: nustatykite kiekvienos
spalvos (raudonos, alios, mlynos) tamsum.
R didjimas / G didjimas / B didjimas: nustatykite
kiekvienos spalvos (raudonos, alios, mlynos) viesum.
Atstatyti: vl nustatomi numatytieji Baltumo balansas
nustatymai.
Kno atspalvis: parykinkite roin Kno atspalvis.
Krat didinimas (Ijungti / jungti): irykinkite objekt
kontrus.
LED ppl. jd. tksl. (Ijungti / jungti): paalinamas greit scen,
kuriose daug judjimo, tempimas, kad vaizdas bt aikus.
PASTABA
Vaizdo nustatymai
reim.
reim.
Vaizdo nustatymai
Spalv rykumas
: Normalus
Dydis
: Aut. Plotis
Ekrano reimas
: 16:9
: Autom.
: Autom.
: Normalus
Filmo reimas
: Ijungti
U Perkelti
E vesti R Grti
16
P.SIZE
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 16
2010-03-02 10:57:08
Pagrindins funkcijos
XP)
Priklausomai nuo Windows versijos ir vaizdo plokts, tikrasis
kompiuterio ekrano turinys gali skirtis; tokiu atveju beveik visada bus
taikoma ta pati pagrindin srankos informacija. (Prieingu atveju
kreipkits kompiuterio gamintoj arba Samsung platintoj.)
1. Spustelkite Valdymo skydel, esant Windows pradiniame
meniu.
03
Garso meniu
Reimas
Standartinis: parenka prastinio garso
reim.
S.MODE
Automatinis reguliavimas t
Danio reikms / padtys ir suderinimas nustatomas automatikai.
Ekranas
Grubus / velnus: paalinami arba sumainami vaizdo
trikdiai. Jei tikslaus kanal sureguliavimo nepakanka vaizdo
trikdiams paalinti, tuomet kuo tiksliau nustatykite danius
(Grubus ir mginkite tiksliai sureguliuoti dar kart. Sumain
vaizdo trikdius, vl sureguliuokite vaizd taip, kad jis bt
ekrano centre.
Padtis: kompiuterio ekrano padt nustatykite krypties
mygtuku ( / / / ).
Vaizdo nustatymas i naujo: vl nustatomi numatytieji vaizdo
nustatymai.
Televizoriaus naudojimas vietoje kompiuterio monitoriaus
Kompiuterio programins rangos nustatymas (remiantis Windows
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 17
17
2010-03-02 10:57:09
Pagrindins funkcijos
Garso nustatym nustatymai
Glodintuvas
reguliuoja garso reim (tik standartinio garso reim).
Balansas K/D: nustatomas balansas tarp deiniojo ir kairiojo
garsiakalbi.
100Hz / 300Hz / 1kHz / 3kHz / 10kHz (Juostos ploio
reguliavimas): nustatoma konkreti dani juosta.
Atstatyti: vl nustatomi numatytieji glodintuvo nustatymai.
AD
Papild. nustatymas
(tik skaitmeniniams kanalams)
DTV garso lygis (MPEG / HE-AAC): naudojant i funkcij
iki pageidaujamo lygio galima sumainti balso signal (tai
vieni i signal, gaunami skaitmenins TV transliacijos metu)
neatitikimus.
18
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 18
2010-03-02 10:57:10
Laiko nustatymas
Trukm
Laikrodis: Laikrod btina nustatyti, kad galtumte naudoti
vairias televizoriaus laikmaio funkcijas.
Pagrindins funkcijos
Srankos meniu
03
DUAL
A2
Stereo
NICAM
Stereo
Garso tipas
Mono
Stereo
Dual
Mono
Stereo
Dual
Dual f-g
Mono
Stereo Mono
Dual f Dual g
Mono
Mono Stereo
Mono Dual f
Dual g
Numatytasis
Automatinis
keitimas
Dual f
Automatinis
keitimas
Dual f
1 laikmatis
jungimo laikas
00
Ijungimo laikas
00
Neaktyvinta
Garsumas
00
Neaktyvinta
10
Kartoti
Kart
altinis
00
Antena
TV
Sekm.
Kanalas
ATV
Pirm.
L Perkelti
Antr.
Tre.
1
Ketv.
Penk.
et.
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 19
19
2010-03-02 10:57:10
Pagrindins funkcijos
jungimo laikas / Ijungimo laikas: nustatykite valandas,
minutes ir jungim / ijungim. (Nordami jungti laikmat su
norimu sijungimo laiku pasirinkite Aktyvinta.)
Garsumas: Pasirinkite reikiam gars.
altinis: pasirinkite, ar turinys bus leidiamas per TV ar
USB, kai televizorius sijungs automatikai. (USB galima
pasirinkti tik, jei prie televizoriaus prijungtas USB prietaisas)
Antena (jei altinis nustatytas kaipTV): pasirinkite ATV arba
DTV.
Kanalas (jei altinis nustatytas kaipTV): pasirinkite norim
kanal.
Turinys (jei altinis nustatytas kaipUSB): pasirinkite USB
renginio aplank, kuriame saugomi muzikos ar nuotrauk failai,
leistini automatikai sijungus televizoriui.
Jei USB renginio atmintyje nra muzikos failo arba
jei nepasirinktas aplankas, kuriame saugomas
muzikos failas, Laikmaio funkcija veikia netinkamai.
Kitos funkcijos
Kalba
Meniu kalba: nustatykite meniu kalb.
Program urakinimas
Sauga
Subtitrai
iame meniu galite nustatyti Subtitrai reim.
Subtitrai (Ijungti / jungti): subtitrai
jungiami arba ijungiami.
SUBT.
(tik JK)
Jei programa transliuojama su skaitmeniniu tekstu, i funkcija yra
jungta.
20
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 20
2010-03-02 10:57:11
PIP t
PASTABA
Vienu metu galima irti televizori ir dar vien iorin vaizdo altin.
PIP (Vaizdas vaizde) veikia skirtingais reimais.
Bendroji ssaja
PASTABA
Pagrindins funkcijos
03
Bendros
langas pradings.
xx PIP nustatymai
Pagrindinis vaizdas
Komponentas, HDMI1/DVI,
HDMI2, HDMI3, HDMI4, PC
Papildomas vaizdas
TV
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 21
21
2010-03-02 10:57:11
Pagrindins funkcijos
Pagalbos meniu
Savidiagnostika
Progr. atnaujin.
2010/01/18_000001
USB
Tiesiogiai
Kanalu
Parengties re. atnauj.
: Ijungti
2010/01/15_00000
U Perkelti
E vesti R Grti
signalo bsen.
Susisiekti su Samsung
i informacij irkite, jei televizorius veikia netinkamai arba jei
norite atnaujinti programin rang. Galite rasti informacijos apie
ms skambui centrus ir apie tai, kaip parsisisti gaminius ir
programin rang.
22
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 22
2010-03-02 10:57:12
Papildomos funkcijos
04
Sujungimas su kompiuteriu
Papildomos funkcijos
AUDIO OUT
DVI OUT
AUDIO OUT
PC OUT
Skyra
Horizontalus danis
(KHz)
Vertikalus danis
(Hz)
Sinchronizacijos
signalo polikumas
(H / V)
IBM
640 x 350
720 x 400
31.469
31.469
70.086
70.087
25.175
28.322
+/-/+
MAC
640 x 480
832 x 624
1152 x 870
35.000
49.726
68.681
66.667
74.551
75.062
30.240
57.284
100.000
-/-/-/-
VESA CVT
720 x 576
1152 x 864
1280 x 720
1280 x 960
35.910
53.783
56.456
75.231
59.950
59.959
74.777
74.857
32.750
81.750
95.750
130.000
-/+
-/+
-/+
-/+
VESA DMT
640 x 480
640 x 480
640 x 480
800 x 600
800 x 600
800 x 600
1024 x 768
1024 x 768
1024 x 768
1152 x 864
1280 x 1024
1280 x 1024
1280 x 720
1280 x 800
1280 x 800
1280 x 960
1360 x 768
1440 x 900
1440 x 900
1680 x 1050
31.469
37.861
37.500
37.879
48.077
46.875
48.363
56.476
60.023
67.500
63.981
79.976
45.000
49.702
62.795
60.000
47.712
55.935
70.635
65.290
59.940
72.809
75.000
60.317
72.188
75.000
60.004
70.069
75.029
75.000
60.020
75.025
60.000
59.810
74.934
60.000
60.015
59.887
74.984
59.954
25.175
31.500
31.500
40.000
50.000
49.500
65.000
75.000
78.750
108.000
108.000
135.000
74.250
83.500
106.500
108.000
85.500
106.500
136.750
146.250
-/-/-/+/+
+/+
+/+
-/-/+/+
+/+
+/+
+/+
+/+
-/+
-/+
+/+
+/+
-/+
-/+
-/+
VESA GTF
1280 x 720
1280 x 1024
52.500
74.620
70.000
70.000
89.040
128.943
-/+
-/-
1920 x 1080p
67.500
60.000
148.500
+/+
PASTABA
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 23
23
2010-03-02 10:57:13
Papildomos funkcijos
Tinklo ryys
Galite nustatyti savo televizori, kad naudojant laidin arba belaid jungt jis galt prieiti prie interneto per js vietin tinkl (LAN).
Iorinis modemas
(ADSL / VDSL / kabelin televizija)
Modemo kabelis
LAN kabelis
yy Galite prijungti savo televizori prie savo LAN prijungdami televizoriaus gale esant LAN prievad prie IP skirstytuvo, kuris yra prijungtas
prie iorinio modemo. Junkite 5 kategorijos kabeliu. r. toliau pateikt schem.
Galinis televizoriaus skydelis
Sieninis LAN prievadas
Iorinis modemas
(ADSL / VDSL / kabelin televizija)
Modemo kabelis
LAN kabelis
IP skirstytuvas
(su DHCP serveriu)
LAN kabelis
yy Priklausomai nuo js tinklo konfigracijos savo televizori prie LAN galite prijungti televizoriaus gale esant LAN prievad 5 kategorijos
kabeliu prijungdami tiesiai prie sieninio tinklo lizdo. r. toliau pateikt schem. inokite, kad sieninis lizdas yra prijungtas prie modemo
arba marrutizatoriaus kitur js namuose.
Galinis televizoriaus skydelis
Sieninis modemo prievadas
LAN kabelis
Jei naudojate dinamin tinkl, turite naudoti ADSL modem arba marrutizatori, kuris palaiko dinamin tinklo kompiuteri konfigravimo
protokol (DHCP). DHCP palaikantys modemai ir marrutizatoriai automatikai teikia IP adres, potinklio ablon, ijim ir DNS
reikmes, kuri reikia js televizoriui prisijungti prie interneto, taigi jums nereikia vesti j rankiniu bdu. Daugelis nam tinkl yra
dinaminiai.
Kai kuriems tinklams reikalingas statinis IP adresas. Jei js tinklui reikalingas statinis IP adresas, kai nustatote tinklo ry, savo
televizoriaus kabelio srankos ekrano rodinyje rankiniu bdu turite vesti IP adres, potinklio ablon, ijim ir DNS reikmes. Nordami
gauti IP adres, potinklio ablon, ijim ir DNS reikmes kreipkits savo interneto paslaugos teikj (ISP). Jei js kompiuteris
Windows, galite rasti ias reikmes kompiuteryje.
Kai js tinklui reikalingas statinis IP adresas, galite naudoti DHCP palaikanius ADSL modemus. DHCP palaikantys ADSL
modemai taip pat leidia jums naudoti statinius IP adresus.
24
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 24
2010-03-02 10:57:15
Automatinis nustatymas
Tinklas
Tinklo tipas
Papildomos funkcijos
04
: Kab.
Tinklo sranka
Tinklo testas
U Perkelti
E vesti R Grti
Tinklo sranka
: Autom.
IP adresas
Potinklio ablonas
Ijimas
DNS
: Autom.
DNS serveris
:
U Perkelti
E vesti R Grti
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 25
25
2010-03-02 10:57:15
Papildomos funkcijos
Prijungimas prie belaidio tinklo
Nordami belaidiu ryiu prijungti savo televizori prie tinklo, turite turti belaid marrutizatori arba modem ir Samsung belaid LAN
adapter (WIS09ABGN), kur reikia prijungti prie savo televizoriaus galinio ar oninio skydelio USB lizdo. r. toliau pateikt paveiksll.
Galinis televizoriaus skydelis
Belaidis IP idalytuvas
(AP su DHCP serveriu)
Sieninis LAN
prievadas
arba
LAN kabelis
Samsung belaidis
LAN adapteris
Samsung belaidis LAN adapteris parduodamas atskirai ir silomas pasirinktini mameninink Ecommerce svetainse ir Samsungparts.
com. Samsung belaidis LAN adapteris palaiko IEEE 802.11A/B/G ir N ryio protokolus. Samsung rekomenduoja naudoti IEEE 802.11N.
Kai leidiate vaizdo ra per IEEE 802.11B/G jungt, jis gali bti leidiamas nesklandiai.
PASTABA
xx Kad galtumte naudoti belaid tinkl, turite naudoti Samsung belaid LAN adapter (WIS09ABGN).
xx Samsung belaidis LAN adapteris parduodamas atskirai. WIS09ABGN belaidis LAN adapteris parduodamas pasirinktini
mameninink Ecommerce svetainse ir Samsungparts.com.
xx Nordami naudoti belaid tinkl turite prijungti savo televizori prie belaidio IP skirstytuvo. Jei belaidis IP skirstytuvas palaiko DHCP,
js televizorius gali naudoti DHCP arba statin IP adres, kad prisijungt prie belaidio tinklo.
xx Pasirinkite iuo metu naudojamo belaidio IP skirstytuvo kanal. Jei belaidiui IP skirstytuvui nustatytas kanalas tuo metu
naudojamas kito alia esanio renginio, atsiras trukdi ir ryio triki.
xx Jei taikote kitoki nei toliau pateiktos saugos sistemos, ji neveiks su televizoriumi.
xx Jei pasirinktas blogas didelio pralaidumo (Greenfield) 802.11n reimas, o js AP uifravimo tipas nustatytas WEP, TKIP ar TKIPAES (WPS2Mixed), Samsung televizorius nepalaikys ryio, atitinkanio naujas Wi-Fi sertifikato specifikacijas.
xx Jei js AP palaiko WPS (Wi-Fi apsaugota srank), galite prisijungti prie tinklo naudodami PBC (Mygtuko konfigracij) arba PIN
(Asmens tapatybs numer). WPS bet kuriame reime automatikai sukonfigruos SSID arba WPA rakt.
xx Jei js marrutizatorius, modemas arba renginys nesertifikuotas, jis gali neprisijungti prie televizoriaus per Samsung belaid LAN
adapter.
PBC(WPS)
Automatin sranka (naudojant automatins tinklo iekos funkcij)
Rankin sranka
Ad-Hoc
xx Visi Samsung belaidiai LAN adapteriai turt bti prijungti tiesiai prie televizoriaus USB prievado. USB HUB nepalaikomi.
26
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 26
2010-03-02 10:57:16
04
Pastaba
1 bdas
Prijunkite naudodami stataus kampo USB adapter
2 bdas
Prijunkite naudodami ilginamj laid
Papildomos funkcijos
Jei televizorius prijungtas prie Samsung belaidio LAN adapterio, gali bti rodomas ikraipytas arba statikas kai kuri kanal vaizdas. Tokiu
atveju galite j prijungti taip:
arba
Tinklo sranka
Pasirinkite tinkl
: Nepasirinkta
: Autom.
IP adresas
Potinklio ablonas
Ijimas
DNS
: Autom.
DNS serveris
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 27
27
2010-03-02 10:57:16
Papildomos funkcijos
Automatinis nustatymas
vesta: 0
C
0~9
Skaiius
Ma. raid.
B
alinti
Vieta
n Perkelti
Saugos raktas
Tinklo sranka
E vesti R Grti
28
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 28
2010-03-02 10:57:17
Jei kiti metodai netinka, turite vesti tinklo srankos reikmes rankiniu
bdu.
Papildomos funkcijos
04
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 29
29
2010-03-02 10:57:17
Papildomos funkcijos
Media Play
MEDIA.P
MediaPlay
Vaizdo raai
SUM
reng. keit.
junkite televizori.
2.
USB rengin, kuriame yra nuotraukos, muzikos ir (arba) film failai, prijunkite prie USB 1
(HDD) arba USB 2 lizdo, esanio televizoriaus one.
3.
Kai prijungsite USB rengin prie televizoriaus, pasirodys langas. Tada pasirinkite Media
Play.
arba
USB atmintukas
Jei naudojate Media Play per savo asmeniniame kompiuteryje isaugotus failus, i www.samsung.com atsisiskite PC Share
Manager ir naudotoj vadov.
Kompiuteris
LAN
arba
Samsung
belaidis LAN
adapteris
Iorinis modemas
(ADSL / VDSL / Kab. TV)
LAN kabelis
Belaidis IP idalytuvas
Modemo kabelis
LAN kabelis
LAN kabelis
1.
Daugiau informacijos apie tai, kaip sukonfigruoti savo tinkl, iekokite skyrelyje Prisijungimas prie tinklo. (24 psl.)
2.
Rekomenduojama televizoriaus ir kompiuterio viet paskirti tame paiame potinklyje. Pirmosios trys televizoriaus potinklio adreso ir
kompiuterio IP adreso dalys turt bti tokios paios, o paskutinioji dalis (serverio adresas) turt bti pakeista. (Pvz.: IP adresas:
123.456.789.**)
Kompiuter, kuriame bus diegiama Samsung programa PC Share Manager, ir iorin modem sujunkite LAN laidu.
Televizori galite tiesiogiai prijungti prie kompiuterio, nenaudodami idalytojo (marruto parinktuvo).
30
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 30
2010-03-02 10:57:19
04
Joki palaikom funkcij, kai jungiate prie asmeninio kompiuterio per tinkl:
Papildomos funkcijos
Funkcija Rodyti nuolat nepalaiko keli vartotoj. (Ji tik simins tak, kuriame vartotojas sustabd pastarj kart.)
perdavimo (Mass Storage Class Bulk-Only Transport) renginys. MSC gali bti atmintukai, atminties korteli skaitytuvai ir USB
HDD (USB HUB nepalaikomi). renginiai turi bti tiesiogiai prijungiami prie televizoriaus USB prievado.
xx Prie prijungdami savo rengin prie televizoriaus, susikurkite savo fail atsargines kopijas, kad apsaugotumte juos nuo paeidimo ir
neprarastumte duomen. SAMSUNG neatsako u jokius fail paeidimus ar duomen praradim.
valdymas) yra technologija, palaikanti turinio sukrim, platinim ir valdym integruotu ir universaliu bdu, skaitant turinio tiekj
teisi ir interes gynim, nelegalaus turinio kopijavimo prevencij, sskait ir mokjim tvarkym.
xx Jei prijungti daugiau nei du PTP renginiai, vienu metu naudoti galite tik vien.
xx Jei prijungti daugiau nei du MSC renginiai, kai kurie i j gali bti neatpainti. Jei USB renginiui reikia daug elektros energijos
(daugiau nei 500 mA arba 5 V), jis gali bti nepalaikomas.
xx Jei jungiant ar naudojant USB rengin, atsiranda per didels galios praneimas, renginys gali bti neatpaintas arba blogai veikti.
xx Jei TV nra vesties per Autom. Apsaug. laikas, pasileis ekrano usklanda.
xx Kai ioriniai standieji diskai prijungiami prie televizoriaus, automatikai gali bti paleistas kai kuri i j energijos taupymo reimas.
xx Jei naudojamas USB ilginamasis kabelis, USB renginys gali bti neatpaintas arba jame failai gali bti nenuskaitomi.
xx Jei prie televizoriaus prijungtas USB renginys neatpastamas, renginyje esantis fail sraas paeistas arba failas i srao
nepaleidiamas; prijunkite USB rengin prie asmeninio kompiuterio ir patikrinkite prijungim.
xx Jei i asmeninio kompiuterio itrintas failas randamas, kai paleista Media Play, naudokite kompiuterio funkcij Itutinti
iukliad ir visam laikui itrinkite fail.
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 31
31
2010-03-02 10:57:19
Papildomos funkcijos
Ekrano rodinys
Perkelkite norim fail krypties (auktyn, emyn, deinn, kairn) mygtukais, o tada paspauskite mygtuk ENTERE arba (Paleisti).
Pradedamas failo leidimas.
1/1 Puslapis
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Movie 07.avi
Movie 02.avi
Movie 04.avi
Movie 06.avi
Movie 09.avi
SUM
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Movie 08.avi
Jan.10.2010
Riavimo standartas
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Movie 10.avi
Pasirinkite
reng. keit.
Jan.10.2010
Riavim. T rankiai
Valdymo mygtukai
Raudonas (reng. keit.): parenka prijungt rengin.
B alias (Pirmenyb): nustato pageidaujamus failus. (nepalaikomas Pagr. rodinys)
Geltonas (Pasirinkti): naudojamas i srao parinkti daugiau nei vien fail. Pasirinkti failai paymimi
simboliu.
Mlynas (Riavim.): parenka riavimo sra.
T rankiai: rodo parinki meniu.
Mygtuko (Atsukti atgal) arba (Sukti pirmyn) naudojimas; fail sra galima paslinkti vienu
puslapiu pirmyn arba atgal.
Vaizdo raai
Vaizdo ra paleidimas
1. Paspauskite mygtuk arba ir pasirinkite Vaizdo r., tada paspauskite mygtuk ENTERE, kur rasite meniu Media Play.
2. Paspauskite mygtuk /// ir srae pasirinkite reikiam fail.
3. Paspauskite mygtuk ENTERE arba mygtuk (Paleisti).
Pasirinktas failas yra rodomas viruje; kartu nurodoma trukm.
Jei vaizdo rao laiko informacija neinoma, leidimo laiko ir progreso juosta nerodoma.
Paleid vaizdo raus galite iekoti naudodamiesi mygtukais ir .
iame reime galite irti aidim klipus, taiau negalite paleisti paties
aidimo.
yy Palaikomi subtitr formatai
32
00:04:03 / 00:07:38
1/1
Movie 01.avi
Pavadinimas
Failo pltinys
Formatas
.ttxt
XML
SAMI
.smi
HTML
SubRip
.srt
pagal segmentus
SubViewer
.sub
pagal segmentus
Micro DVD
pagal segmentus
SUM
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 32
2010-03-02 10:57:21
*.avi
*.mkv
Pltinys
AVI
MKV
*.asf
ASF
*.wmv
ASF
*.mp4
MP4
*.3gp
3GPP
*.vro
VRO
VOB
*.mpg
*.mpeg
*.ts
*.tp
*.trp
PS
TS
Skyra
Kadr
skaiius per
sekund
(kadr./sek.)
Bit skaiius
per sekund
(Mbps)
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
XviD
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
XviD
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
XVID
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
MPEG1
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
MPEG2
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
MPEG1
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
MPEG2
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
H.264
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG2
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
H.264
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
VC1
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
Garso kodekas
Papildomos funkcijos
Failo pltinys
04
WMA
MP3 / ADPCM / AAC
Kiti apribojimai
PASTABA
Garso dekoderis
Palaiko iki WMA 7, 8, 9, STD
WMA 9 PRO nepalaiko keli kanal srauto daugiau nei 2 kanalus
arba suspausto garso.
WMA vieno kanalo 22 050 Hz danis nepalaikomas.
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 33
33
2010-03-02 10:57:21
Papildomos funkcijos
Tstinis filmo failo leidimas (leidimo tsimas)
Sustabdyt vaizdo ra vliau galite paleisti nuo tos vietos, kurioje buvo sustabdytas.
1. Pasirinkite, kur filmo fail norite nuolat leisti, ir paspaud mygtuk
arba ir pasirinkite j fail srae.
2. Paspauskite mygtuk (Paleisti) ar ENTERE.
00:04:03 / 00:07:38
1/1
Movie 01.avi
Rodyti nuolat
Tsia pask. irtos vietos rodym.
SUM
Muzika
Muzikos paleidimas
1. Paspauskite mygtuk arba nordami pasirinkti Muzika, tada
paspauskite mygtuk ENTERE meniu Media Play.
Grojarat.
I Love You
Jhon
I Love you
Jhon
1st Album
Pop
2010
4.2MB
No Singer
3/15
Music 1
Music 2
No Singer
Music 3
No Singer
Rodomi tik failai su MP3 ir PCM pltiniu. Kitokius fail pltini failai
Music 4
01:10 / 04:02
No Singer
Music 5
No Singer
SUM
Jei grojant MP3 failus sklinda keistas garsas, sureguliuokite Glodintuvas meniu Garsas. (Per daug moduliuotas MP3 failas gali sukelti
garso problem.)
Nuotraukos
Nuotrauk perira (arba skaidri demonstravimas)
1. Paspauskite mygtuk arba ir pasirinkite Nuotraukos, tada
paspauskite mygtuk ENTERE meniu Media Play.
2. Paspauskite mygtuk /// ir srae pasirinkite reikiam fail.
Normalus
Image1024.jpg
1024x768
2010/2/1
3/15
BGM reimas negali bti pakeistas tol, kol nebus iki galo keltas BGM.
34
SUM
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 34
2010-03-02 10:57:24
04
Vaizdo raai
Pasir. 2 fail.
/Movie 01.avi
Movie 01.avi
Movie 02.avi
Jan.10.2010
PASTABA
Movie 03.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 04.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 05.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 07.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 10.avi
Jan.10.2010
SUM
Jan.10.2010
Movie 08.avi
Movie 09.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 06.avi
Jan.10.2010
gelton mygtuk.
1/1 Puslapis
Papildomos funkcijos
reng. keit.
Jan.10.2010
Pasirinkite
Riavim. T rankiai
Vaizdo raai
Muzika
Nuotraukos
Pagr. rodinys
Naudojimas
>
>
>
Pavadinimas
Fail pavadinimai riuojami pagal simbol, numer, abcl arba specialia tvarka.
>
>
>
Pirmenyb
>
>
>
Vliausia data
>
Anks. data
>
Atlikjas
>
Albumas
>
anras
>
Nuotaika
>
Kas mnes
>
>
>
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 35
35
2010-03-02 10:57:25
Papildomos funkcijos
Vaizdo ra, muzikos, nuotrauk paleidimo parinki meniu
Failo leidimo metu paspauskite mygtuk TOOLS.
Kategorija
Naudojimas
Vaizdo raai
Muzika
Nuotraukos
Pavad.
>
Kartojimo reimas
>
Vaizdo dydis
>
Vaizdo nustatymai
>
Garso nustatymai
>
Subtitr nustatymai
Galite paleisti vaizdo rao fail su subtitrais. i funkcija veikia, jei subtitr failo
pavadinimas yra tas pats kaip vaizdo rao failo.
>
Sustabdyti skaidri
demonstracij /
Pradti skaidri
demonstracij
>
Fonin muzika
>
Priartinimas
>
Sukti
Informacija
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
Nustatymai
Srankos meniu naudojimas
Nuolatinio rodymo pagalba (Tsti leidim) (jungti / Ijungti): pasirinkite, kad bt rodomas ikylantysis pagalbos praneimas apie
nuolatin filmo rodym.
Gauti DivX VOD registracijos kod: rodo autorizuot televizoriaus registracijos kod. Jei apsilankysite DivX svetainje ir
uregistruosite registracijos kod asmeninje paskyroje, galsite atsisisti VOD registracijos fail. Registracija bus baigta, kai VOD
registracij paleisite per Media Play.
Gauti DivX VOD ijungimo kod: jei DivX VOD neuregistruotas, rodomas registracijos ijungimo kodas. Jei i funkcij atliksite,
kai DivX VOD yra uregistruotas, esama DivX VOD registracija bus ijungta.
Informacija: Pasirinkite nordami perirti prijungto renginio informacij.
36
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 36
2010-03-02 10:57:25
04
Anynet+
Anynet+ tai funkcija, leidianti su televizoriaus nuotolinio valdymo pultu valdyti visus prijungtus Samsung prietaisus, kurie turi Anynet+
funkcij. Anynet+ sistem galima naudoti tik tiems Samsung prietaisams, kuriuose yra Anynet+ funkcija. Nordami suinoti, ar js
Samsung prietaise yra i funkcija, patikrinkite, ar ant jo yra Anynet+ enklas.
Prisijungimas prie nam kino sistemos
Anynet+ 1
renginys
Anynet+ 2, 3, 4
renginys
Papildomos funkcijos
Optinis kabelis
HDMI kabelis
HDMI kabelis
HDMI kabelis
1. Sujunkite televizoriaus HDMI IN (1(DVI), 2, 3 arba 4) jungt ir atitinkamo Anynet+ renginio HDMI OUT jungt HDMI laidu.
2. Nam kino sistemos HDMI IN lizd ir atitinkam Anynet+ prietaiso HDMI OUT lizd sujunkite HDMI kabeliu.
PASTABA
xx Prijunkite optin kabel prie DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) televizoriaus lizdo ir nam kino sistemos skaitmeninio garso vado.
xx Pagal aukiau nurodyt sujungim, optin jungtis yra tik su 2 kanal garso ivestimi. Garsas sklis tik i priekini kairiojo ir deiniojo
nam kino sistemos garsiakalbi ir em ton garsiakalbio. Jei norite girdti 5.1 kanal gars, DVD grotuvo ar palydovinio imtuvo
(t. y. 1 arba 2 Anynet prietais) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) prijunkite tiesiogiai prie stiprintuvo ar nam kino sistemos, o ne
televizoriaus.
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 37
37
2010-03-02 10:57:26
Papildomos funkcijos
Anynet+ meniu
Anynet+ meniu keiiasi priklausomai nuo prie televizoriaus prijungt Anynet+ prietais tipo ir bkls.
Anynet+ meniu
irti TV
rengini sraas
(renginio_pavadinimas) MENU
(renginio_pavadinimas) INFO
raymas: (*raytuvas)
Stabdyti raym: (*raytuvas)
Imtuvas
Apraymas
Anynet+ reimas keiiasi televizijos transliavimo reim.
Parodomas Anynet+ rengini sraas.
Rodo prijungt prietais meniu. Pvz., jei prijungiamas DVD raytuvas, bus jungtas DVD raytuvo
meniu.
Rodo prijungto prietaiso veikimo meniu. Pvz., jei prijungtas DVD raytuvas, bus parodytas DVD
raytuvo veikimo meniu.
Nedelsiant pradedamas raymas raytuvu. (Tai taikoma tik renginiams, kuriuose yra raymo funkcija.)
Nutraukia raym.
Garsas leidiamas per imtuv.
Jei prijungtas daugiau nei vienas raymo prietaisas, bus nurodyta (*raytuvas); jei prijungtas tik vienas raymo prietaisas, bus nurodytas
(*renginio_pavadinimas).
Anynet+ nustatymas
Nustatymai
Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) (Ijungti / jungti): Norint naudotis Anynet+ funkcija, Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) turi bti nustatytas jungti.
Ijungus funckij Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC), ijungiami visi su Anynet+ susij veiksmai.
Autom. isijungimas (Taip / Ne): Automatinio Anynet+ isijungimo, ijungiant televizori, nustatymas.
Norint naudotis Anynet+ funkcija, aktyvus altinis televizoriaus meniu turi bti nustatytas televizori.
Net jei iorinis prietaisas vis dar rainja, jis gali isijungti.
Anynet+ rengini perjungimas
1. Srae ivardijami prie televizoriaus prijungti Anynet+ renginiai.
Jei nerandate norimo prietaiso, paspauskite raudon mygtuk, kad atnaujintumte sra.
2. Pasirinkite norim prietais ir paspauskite mygtuk ENTERE. Galite perjungti pasirinkt rengin.
Meniu rengini sraas pasirodo tik tada, kai meniu Programa, esant Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) nustatote kaip jungti.
xx Pasirinkto prietaiso perjungimas gali utrukti 2 minutes. Negalite ataukti operacijos atliekant perjungimo operacij.
xx Jeigu pasirinkote iorins vesties reim paspaud mygtuk SOURCE, negalsite naudotis Anynet+ funkcija. Nordami prisijungti
prie Anynet+ prietaiso, naudokite meniu rengini sraas.
raymas
Su Samsung raytuvu galite rayti televizijos program.
1. Pasirinkite raymas.
xx Kai prijungiami keli raymo prietaisai, jie traukiami sra. Meniu rengini sraas pasirinkite vien raymo prietais.
Jei ekrane nematote raymo prietaiso, pasirinkite rengini sraas ir paspauskite raudon mygtuk, kad prasidt prietaiso
paieka.
Prie praddami rainti, patikrinkite, ar antenos lizdas yra tinkamai prijungtas prie raymo prietaiso. Kaip tinkamai prijungti
anten prie raymo renginio, r. raymo prietaiso naudotojo vadov.
38
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 38
2010-03-02 10:57:26
04
Jei js imtuvas palaiko tik gars, jis gali bti netrauktas prietais sra.
Imtuvas veiks tinkamai sujungus imtuvo optin vesties lizd su televizoriaus DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) lizdu.
Kai imtuvas (t. y. nam kino sistema) nustatomas jungti, garso ivest girdsite i televizoriaus optins jungties. Kai televizorius
rodo DTV (transliuojam) signal, imtuv jis sis 5.1 kanalo gars. Kai altinis yra skaitmeninis komponentas, pvz., DVD
grotuvas, ir yra prijungtas prie televizoriaus per HDMI, i imtuvo girdsite tik 2 kanal gars.
Papildomos funkcijos
Garso galite klausytis per imtuv (t. y. nam kino sistem), o ne per TV garsiakalbis.
1. Pasirinkite Imtuvas ir nustatykite jungti.
PASTABA
xx Anynet+ renginius galite valdyti tik televizoriaus nuotolinio valdymo pultu, o ne televizoriaus mygtukais.
xx Televizoriaus nuotolinio valdymo pultas tam tikroms slygoms gali neveikti. Tokiu atveju i naujo pasirinkite Anynet+ prietais.
xx Anynet+ funkcijos neveikia su kit gamintoj produktais.
Galimas sprendimas
Anynet+ neveikia.
Patikrinkite, ar tai Anynet+ prietaisas. Anynet+ sistema veikia tik su Anynet+ prietaisais.
Prijunkite tik vien imtuv (nam kino sistem).
Patikrinkite, ar tinkamai prijungtas Anynet+ prietaiso maitinimo kabelis.
Patikrinkite Anynet+ rengini vaizdo / garso / HDMI kabeli jungtis.
Patikrinkite, ar Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) yra Anynet+ srankos meniu nustatytas jungti.
Patikrinkite, ar televizoriaus nuotolinio valdymo pultas yra televizoriaus reime.
Patikrinkite, ar tai Anynet+ naudojimui skirtas nuotolinio valdymo pultas.
Anynet+ neveikia esant tam tikroms slygoms. (Iekant kanal ir naudojant Media Play arba Plug & Play
(Jungti ir leisti) (pradin srank) ir t. t.)
Prijungdami ar atjungdami HDMI kabel dar kart atlikite prietais paiek arba ijunkite ir vl junkite televizori.
Patikrinkite, ar Anynet+ funkcija jungta Anynet+ prietaise.
Patikrinkite, ar Anynet+ renginys tinkamai prijungtas prie televizoriaus ir ar Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) Anynet+
srankos meniu yra nustatytas kaip jungti.
Paspauskite mygtuk TOOLS, kad bt parodytas Anynet+ meniu, ir pasirinkite norim meniu.
Kai konfigruojate Anynet+ ar perjungiate periros reim, naudoti nuotolinio valdymo pulto negalite.
Nuotolinio valdymo pult naudokite tada, kai Anynet+ nustatymas ar irjimo reimo perjungimas yra
baigtas.
Negalite naudoti paleidimo funkcijos, kai veikia Jungti ir leisti (pradin sranka).
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 39
39
2010-03-02 10:57:27
Papildomos funkcijos
AllShare
Apie AllShare
AllShare sujungia televizori ir mobilius telefonus bei kitus prietaisus,
kurie tinka prijungti prie televizoriaus tinkle. Savo televizoriuje galite
perirti priimtus skambuius, perskaityti SMS inutes ir mobiliame
telefone nustatytus tvarkaraius. Be to, galite paleisti mobiliajame
telefone ar kituose renginiuose (pavyzdiui, asmeniniame
kompiuteryje) raytos daugialyps terps turin, t. y. vaizd,
nuotraukas ir muzik. Tai padarysite valdydami turin televizoriuje
per tinkl. Be to, galite naudoti televizori vietoj mobilaus telefono
monitoriaus interneto puslapiams perirti.
AllShare nustatymas
PASTABA
Nustatymai
AllShare
3/7
inuts perirjimas
Jei irint televizori atsiuniama nauja teksto inut (SMS),
atsidaro spjimo langas. Jei spustelsite mygtuk Gerai, bus
rodomas inuts turinys.
Galite konfigruoti SMS inui periros nustatymus
mobiliajame telefone. Kaip tai padaryti, irkite
mobiliojo telefono instrukcijoje.
Nustatymai
Prane.
: jungti
Prane.
Medija
: jungti
Medija
ScreenShare
: jungti
ScreenShare
TV pav.
: Nam TV
pavaizduoti.
40
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 40
2010-03-02 10:57:28
PASTABA
Papildomos funkcijos
04
PASTABA
My Mobile
Leisti
Neleist.
Contacts
Calendar
Doc Viewer
E Pasirinkite
Grti
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 41
41
2010-03-02 10:57:28
Kita informacija
Analoginio kanalo teleteksto funkcija
Teleteksto rodyklje pateikiama informacija, kaip naudotis ia paslauga. Norint, kad teisingai bt rodoma teleteksto informacija
kanalo primimas turi bti stabilus. Prieingu atveju, gali trkti informacijos arba nebus rodomi kai kurie puslapiai.
42
SOURCE
PRE-CH
TTX/MIX
7
8
8
9
0
!
CH LIST
MENU
0
3
4
5
TOOLS
INFO
RETURN
EXIT
Dalis
A
B
C
D
E
F
Turinys
Pasirinkto puslapio
numeris.
Transliuojamo kanalo
atpainimas.
Rodomo puslapio
numeris arba paiekos
nurodymas.
Data ir laikas.
Tekstas.
Bsenos informacija.
FASTEXST informacija.
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 42
2010-03-02 10:57:29
05
Laid surinkimas
Kita informacija
Stovo tipas
Laidus susukite laid laikikl, kad j nesimatyt per permatom televizoriaus stov.
1
2
3
Jungdami kabelius, netraukite j per stipriai. Taip galite paeisti produkto jungi terminalus.
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 43
43
2010-03-02 10:57:31
Kita informacija
Sieninio laikiklio pritvirtinimas
Tvirtinimo laikiklio sumontavimas
Montuojant televizori prie sienos reikia pritvirtinti montavimo laikikl, kaip parodyta.
Tvirtinimo laikiklis
44
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 44
2010-03-02 10:57:32
05
PASTABA
Kita informacija
xx Sienini laikikli, kuriems reikalingi vartai neatitinka standartini VESA keliam specifikacij, vart ilgis gali skirtis, priklausomai
nuo specifikacij.
xx Neverkite vart labai stipriai, nes galite paeisti gamin arba jis gali nukristi ir jus sueisti. Samsung neprisiims atsakomybs u
tokio pobdio nelaimingus atsitikimus.
xx Samsung nra atsakinga u gaminio paeidim ar asmens susialojim, jei naudojamas ne VESA ar ne specialiai nurodytas
sieninis laikiklis, arba, jei klientas nesilaiko gaminio montavimo instrukcij.
LED televizoriai
[Ypa ploni]
coliai
VESA specifikacijos
(A * B)
Standartinis
vartas
19~22
75 X 75
M4
23~29
200 X 100
32~37
200 X 200
40~55
400 X 400
56~65
600 X 400
M8
Kiekis
Sieninio laikiklio netvirtinkite, jei jungtas televizorius. Galite susialoti, itikus elektros okui.
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 45
45
2010-03-02 10:57:33
Kita informacija
Nuo vagysi saugojantis Kensingtono uraktas
Samsung neteikia Kensingtono urakto. Tai prietaisas, kuris fizikai prirakina sistem,
kai ji naudojama vieose vietose. Priklausomai nuo gamintojo, ivaizda ir urakinimo
bdas gali bti kitokie, nei pavaizduota paveiksllyje. Papildomos informacijos apie
tinkam naudojim iekokite Kensingtono urakto vadove.
<Pasirinktinai>
Vartai gaminio komplekt gali neeiti. Tokiu atveju sigykite toliau pateiktas
specifikacijas atitinkani vart.
Vart specifikacijos
xx 19 ~ 22 coli: M4
xx 23 ~ 65 coli: M8
PASTABA
Siena
46
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 46
2010-03-02 10:57:33
05
Diagnostika
Problemos
Sprendimai ir paaikinimai
Vaizdo kokyb
Pirmiausia atlikite Vaizdo patikrinimas ir patikrinkite, ar js televizorius gerai rodo bandomj vaizd. (eikite
MENU - Pagalba - Savidiagnostika - Vaizdo patikrinimas) (22 psl.)
Jei tikrinimo vaizdas rodomas tinkamai, prastos kokybs vaizdas gali bti rodomas dl altinio arba signalo.
Jei turite analogin kabelins televizijos imtuv / signalo keitikl, naudokite skaitmeninio signalo keitikl.
Naudokite HDMI arba komponentinius kabelius rodyti HD (didels skyros) vaizdo kokyb.
Kabelins / palydovins televizijos abonementams: ibandykite HD stotis vir kanalo linijos.
Antenos jungtis: po automatins programos bandykite HD stotis.
Daugelis HD kanal savo kokybe yra geresni nei SD (standartins skyros) kanalai.
Nustatykite kabelins televizijos imtuvo / signalo keitiklio vaizdo ivest 1080i arba 720p.
Patvirtinkite, kad irite televizori minimaliu atstumu, rekomenduojamu pagal rodomo signalo dyd ir skyr.
Dl vaizdo turinio suspaudimo vaizdas gali bti ikraipomas, ypa kai vaizdai juda greitai, pvz., rodant
sporto programas ir veiksmo filmus.
Vaizdas gali bti ikraipytas dl emo signalo lygio arba blogos kokybs. Tai ne televizoriaus problema.
Jei naudojate sudtines jungtis, sitikinkite, kad sudtiniai laidai yra prijungti prie tinkam kituk.
Netinkamos ar laisvos jungtys gali sukelti su spalvomis susijusi problem arba vaizdas nebus rodomas.
Reguliuokite pasirinktis Vaizdas televizoriaus meniu. (eikite reim Vaizdas / Spalva / viesumas /
Rykumas) (15 psl.)
Reguliuokite pasirinkt Energij. Taupymas televizoriaus meniu. (eikite MENU - Vaizdas - Ekonom.
sprendimas - Energij. Taupymas) (15 psl.)
Pabandykite pakartotinai nustatyti vaizd ir perirkite vaizd numatytaisiais nustatymais. (eikite
MENU - Vaizdas - Vaizdo nustatymas i naujo) (17 psl.)
Jei vaizdo dydis yra nustatytas Ekrano pritaik., pakeiskite j 16:9 (16 psl.).
Pakeiskite kabelins televizijos imtuvo / signal keitiklio skyr.
Vaizdas nespalvotas.
Jei naudojate sudtin garso / vaizdo vest, prijunkite vaizdo kabel (gelton) prie alios spalvos
sudtins vesties televizoriaus 1 kituko.
Jei prijungta per kabelins televizijos imtuv, i naujo j nustatykite. I naujo prijunkite kintamosios
srovs laid ir palaukite, kol kabelins televizijos imtuvas bus perkrautas. Tai gali trukti iki 20 min.
Nustatykite kabelins televizijos imtuvo ivesties skyr 1080i arba 720p.
Garso kokyb
Kita informacija
Jei ikilo klausim apie televizori, pirmiausia perirkite sra. Jei netinkamas n vienas triki alinimo patarimas, apsilankykite
svetainje www.samsung.com, tada spustelkite pagalba arba susisiekite su paskutiniame puslapyje pateiktais pagalbos centrais.
Patikrinkite kabelio jungtis. Patikrinkite, ar vaizdo kabelis nra prijungtas prie garso vesties.
Jei prijungta antena, kabelins televizijos imtuvas, patikrinkite signal stiprum. Jei signalai silpni,
garsas gali bti ikraipytas.
Patikrinkite, ar kintamos srovs maitinimo kabelis tvirtai prijungtas prie kitukinio lizdo sienoje ir televizoriuje.
Patikrinkite, ar tinkamai veikia kitukinis lizdas sienoje.
Pabandykite paspausti POWER mygtuk televizoriuje, kad patikrintumte, ar problema nra susijusi
su nuotolinio valdymo pultu. Jei televizorius sijungia, skaitykite problemos Nuotolinio valdymo pultas
neveikia apraym apaioje.
Patikrinkite, ar Ijung. laikmat. yra nustatytas kaip Ijungti meniu Nustatymai (19 psl.).
Jei televizorius prijungtas prie js kompiuterio, patikrinkite kompiuterio maitinimo nustatymus.
Patikrinkite, ar kintamos srovs maitinimo kabelis tvirtai prijungtas prie kitukinio lizdo sienoje ir televizoriuje.
irint televizori su antenos ar kabelins televizijos jungtimi, nesant signalui televizorius isijungs po
10 ~ 15 minui.
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 47
47
2010-03-02 10:57:34
Kita informacija
Problemos
Nra vaizdo / garso.
Sprendimai ir paaikinimai
Patikrinkite kabeli jungtis (itraukite ir i naujo prijunkite visus televizoriaus ir iorini prietais kabelius)
Nustatykite savo iorinio prietaiso (kabelins televizijos imtuvo / priedlio, DVD, Blu-ray ir t. t.) vaizdo
ivest televizoriaus vest. Pavyzdiui, jei iorinio prietaiso ivestis yra HDMI, jis turt bti prijungtas
prie HMDI vesties televizoriuje.
Patikrinkite, ar prijungti renginiai jungti.
sitikinkite, kad spausdami televizoriaus nuotolinio valdymo pulto mygtuk SOURCE pasirenkate
tinkam televizoriaus altin.
Dl vaizdo turinio suspaudimo vaizdas gali bti ikraipomas, ypa kai vaizdai juda greitai, pvz., rodant
sporto programas ir veiksmo filmus.
Jei signalai silpni, vaizdas gali bti ikraipytas. Tai ne televizoriaus problema.
Kompiuterio prijungimas
Pasirodo praneimas Reimas
nepalaikomas.
Nustatykite savo kompiuterio ivesties skyr ir dan, kad atitikt televizoriaus palaikomas skyras (23
psl.).
Tai normalu; uraas PC vis laik rodomas altini srae, net jei kompiuteris nra prijungtas.
Jei naudojate HDMI jungt, patikrinkite savo kompiuterio garso ivesties nustatymus.
Kita
Vaizdas nerodomas per vis ekran.
Juodos juostos abiejose pusse bus rodomos HD kanalams, kai rodomas pagerintas SD (4:3) turinys.
Juodos juostos viruje ir apaioje bus rodomos irint filmus, kuri ploio ir aukio santykis skiriasi
nuo televizoriaus.
Nustatykite savo iorinio prietaiso arba televizoriaus vaizdo dydio parinkt pilno ekrano.
Pakeiskite nuotolinio valdymo pulto baterijas, ddami jas pagal tinkamus polius (+/).
Nuvalykite jutiklio sistuvo langel nuotolinio valdymo pulte.
Bandykite nukreipti nuotolinio valdymo pult tiesiai televizori i 150 ~ 180 cm.
Programuokite kabelins televizijos imtuvo / signal keitiklio nuotolinio valdymo pult valdyti televizori.
SAMSUNG televizoriaus kod rasite kabelins televizijos imtuvo / signal keitiklio nuotolinio valdymo
pulto naudotojo vadove.
Patikrinkite televizoriaus palaikom skyr ir atitinkamai sureguliuokite iorinio renginio ivesties skyr.
irkite skyros nustatymus io vadovo 23 puslapyje.
Televizoriaus Signalo
informacijaneprieinama meniu Savaimins
diagnostikos testas.
Funkcija prieinama tik skaitmeniniams kanalams su antenos / RF / Coax) jungtimi (22 psl.).
sitikinkite, kad televizorius padtas ant lygaus paviriaus. Jei nepajgiate i televizoriaus iimti vart,
naudokite magnetin atsuktuv.
Jei televizorius yra reime Is. demon., garso ir vaizdo nustatymai bus nustatyti i naujo po 30
minui. Pakeiskite nustatymus i Is. demon. reimo Naud. nam. reim atlikdami Jungti ir leisti
(pradins srankos) procedr. Paspauskite mygtuk SOURCE, kad pasirinktumte reim TV ir
eikite MENU Nustatymai Jungti ir leisti (Pradin sranka) ENTERE (7 psl.).
48
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 48
2010-03-02 10:57:34
Sprendimai ir paaikinimai
05
Problemos
PIP funkcijos prieinamos tik kai irite per HDMI, kompiuter arba komponentin altin (21 psl.).
Jei naudojate CAM CARD (CI/CI+) kortel, patikrinkite, ar ji instaliuota bendr ssajos ang.
Jei vis dar patiriate problem, itraukite CAM CARD kortel i televizoriaus ir vl j kikite ang.
Tai normalu. Televizorius atlieka OTA (Over The Aerial) funkcij pats, kad irint televizori jis atnaujint
parsisistas programas.
Kad to ivengtumte, ant vis televizoriaus paviri, kurie tiesiogiai lieiasi su baldais, udkite veltinio
apsaugas.
Kita informacija
is TFT LED pultas susideda i papildom pikseli, kuriems pagaminti reikalinga sudtinga technologija. Taiau ekrane gali bti keli
viess ar tamss pikseliai. ie pikseliai nedaro takos gaminio veikimui.
Licencija
Pagaminta pagal Dolby Laboratories" licencij. Dolby ir dvigubos D simbolis yra Dolby Laboratories" preki
enklai.
Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent #s: 5,451,942; 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; 6,487,535
& other U.S. and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS and the Symbol are registered trademarks. & DTS
2.0+ Digital Out and the DTS logos are trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product Includes software. DTS, Inc. All
Rights Reserved.
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO: DivX is a digital video format created by DivX,Inc. This is an official DivX Certified device that plays DivX video. Visit www.divx.
com for more information and software tools to convert your files into DivX video.
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO-ON-DEMAND: This DivX Certified device must be registered in order to play DivX Video-on-Demand (VOD) content.
To generate the registration code, locate the DivX VOD section in the device setup menu.
Go to vod.divx.com with this code to complete the registration process and learn more about DivX VOD. Pat. 7,295,673; 7,460,688; 7,519,274
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 49
49
2010-03-02 10:57:34
Kita informacija
Specifikacijos
Vietinis pultas
Aplinkos apvalga
Veikimo temperatra
Veikimo drgm
Laikymo temperatra
Laikymo drgm
Televizoriaus sistema
Spalv / vaizdo sistema
Garso sistema
HDMI IN 1 ~ 4
Vaizdo raas: 1080 24p, 1080p, 1080i, 720p 576p, 576i, 480p, 480i
Garsas: 2 kanal linijinis PCM 32/44.1/48 kHz, 16/20/24 bit.
Analogin garso vestis (tik HDMI IN1)
Kompiuterio vestis (tik HDMI IN1)
-20 ~ 20
UE32C5000
UE37C5000
32 coliai
37 coliai
Garsas
(Ivestis)
10 W x 2
Matmenys (PxGxA)
Pagrindin dalis
Su stovu
Svoris
Be stovo
Su stovu
Modelio pavadinimas
Ekrano dydis
(striain)
8,2 kg
11,0 kg
10,6 kg
14,2 kg
UE40C5000
UE46C5000
40 coliai
46 coliai
Garsas
(Ivestis)
10 W x 2
Matmenys (PxGxA)
Pagrindin dalis
Su stovu
Svoris
Be stovo
Su stovu
12,1 kg
15,7 kg
15,7 kg
19,7 kg
50
Lietuvi
3.BN68-02656G-00Lit.indd 50
2010-03-02 3:09:09
AllShare
Antena
Anynet+
Ausins
Auto garsumas
Automatinis reguliavimas
J
40
13
37
9
18
17
B
Balansas K/D
Baltumo balansas
Baterijos
Budjimo reimas
18
16
6
5
D
Dabart. ir kitas gidas
Danis
Diagnostika
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
Dinam. kontr.
Dinaminis
DivX VOD
D-sub
11
13
47
9, 37
15
15
36
23
E
Ekonom. jutiklis
Energij. Taupymas
EPG (Electronic Programme Guide)
15
15
11
17
36
5
18
H
HDMI
8, 37
K
Kabeli laikiklis
Kalba
Kanalo apvalgos naudojimas
Kanalo meniu
Kanal redagavimas
Kanal tvarkytuvas
Kartojimo reimas
Keisti PIN kod
Komponentas
Kno atspalvis
Laikmatis
Laikrodis
Licencija
4, 43
20
11
13
14
12
36
20
8
16
19
19
49
M
Mano kanalai
Media Play
Melodija
Meniu rykumas
Montavimo vieta
Muzika
39
5
3
38
19
18
Redaguoti pavadinim
Rykumas
10
15
altini sraas
Savidiagnostika
Sieninio laikiklio montavimas
Signalo informacija
iltas
Simbolis
Skaidri perira
Spalv rykumas
Specifikacijos
Stiprinimas
Subtitrai
Suderinimas
Sujungimas su garso prietaisu
Sujungimas su kompiuteriu
Sukti
viesumas
10
22
44
22
16
3
34
16
50
17
20
14
9
23
36
15
T
13
30
21
21
2
34
15
24
25
18
44
U
9, 37
11
12
6
34
O
ON/OFF mygtukas
Optimali skyra
I
Imtuvas
Indikacin maitinimo lemput
rankiai
raymas
Ijung. laikmat.
Ior. garsiakalbis
7
15
F
Filmo reimas
Fonin muzika
Garsumas
Glodintuvas
Jungti ir leisti
Juodas tonas
6
23
USB atmintukas
Mgstam kanal naudojimas
Urakinti
22, 30
13
14
V
Vaizdo dydis
Vaizdo raai
Vaizdo rao formatas
16, 36
32
33
P
Pagr. rodinys
Pasir. garsiakalb
Pasirinkti visus
Pavad.
PIP (Vaizdas vaizde)
Progr. atnaujin.
35
18
14
35
21
22
Lietuvi
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 51
Kita informacija
05
Rodykl
51
2010-03-02 10:57:35
Selle kasutusjuhendi joonised on lisatud ainult nitlikustamise eesmrgil ning nendel kujutatu vib erineda toote tegelikust vljangemisest.
Toote disaini ja spetsifikatsioone vidakse ilma ette teatamata muuta.
Digitaaltelevisiooniga (DVB) seotud funktsioonid on kttesaadavad vaid riikides vi piirkondades, kus edastatakse DVB-T (MPEG2 ja MPEG4 AVC)
maapealseid digitaalsignaale vi kus teil on ligips hilduvale DVB-C (MPEG2 ja MPEG4 AAC) kaabeltelevisiooni teenusele. Kontrollige edasimja
kest DVB-T vi DVB-C signaali vastuvtmise vimalust.
DVB-T on DVB Euroopa konsortsiumi mratud digitaalse maapealse saateedastuse standard ning DVB-C on kaablivrkudes kasutatava
digitaaltelevisiooni standard. Kuid siiski ei kuulu nende tehniliste nitajate hulka mned lisafunktsioonid, nagu EPG (Electric Programme Guide
elektrooniline saatekava), VOD (Video on Demand nudevideo) jne. Seega praegusel hetkel need ei tta.
Kuigi see teler vastab uuematele DVB-T ja DVB-C standarditele (seisuga august 2008), ei saa garanteerida vastavust DVB-T digitaalse maapealse ja
DVB-C digitaalkaabli edastusega tulevikus.
Sltuvalt riikidest/piirkondadest, kus telerit kasutatakse, vivad mned kaabeltelevisiooni pakkujad sellise teenuse eest rakendada lisatasusid ning
vibolla peate nustuma nende tegevuse tingimustega.
Mned digitaaltelevisiooni funktsioonid ei pruugi olla mnes riigis vi piirkonnas saadaval ning DVB-C ei pruugi mnede kaabeltelevisiooni teenuse
pakkujate puhul korralikult ttada.
Lisateabe saamiseks vtke hendust kohaliku Samsungi klienditeeninduskeskusega.
Teleri vastuvtukvaliteeti vivad mjutada riikide leviedastusmeetodite erinevused. Kontrollige SAMSUNG-i volitatud edasimja juures vi
Samsungi knekeskuses, kas teleri tkvaliteeti saab teleri seadet mber konfigureerides parandada vi mitte.
Paigaldus seinakinnitusega
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 2
2010-03-02 10:57:36
Sisukord
Alustamine
4
5
6
7
7
hendused
8 AV-seadmega hendamine
9 Heliseadmega hendamine
10 Sisendallika muutmine
8
11
Phifunktsioonid
Lisatarvikud
Juhtpaneeli levaade
Kaugjuhtimispuldi levaade
hendamine antenniga
Isehlestus (algseadistus)
23
23
24
30
37
40
Arvutiga hendamine
Vrguhendus
Media Play
Anynet+
AllShare
Muu teave
42
43
44
46
46
47
50
51
42
EESTI
Tpsemad funktsioonid
Vaadake smbolit!
t
TOOLS
Mrkus
he vajutusega nupp
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 3
2010-03-02 10:57:37
Alustamine
Lisatarvikud
Kontrollige, kas teie valgusdioodteleriga on kaasas jrgmised esemed. Kui mni ese on puudu, siis vtke hendust edasimjaga.
Esemete vrvid ja kujud vivad mudelitest olenevalt erineda.
Pakendikomplektis mitteleiduvaid juhtmeid saab soetada eraldi.
yy Kaugjuhtimispult ja patareid (AAA x 2)
yy Omaniku juhend
yy Garantiikaart / ohutusjuhend (pole igal pool saadaval)
yy Puhastuslapp
yy Toitejuhe
(M4 x L8)
yy Vahekinnitus
yy Hoidik-rngas (4EA)
yy Kaablihoidiku kinnitus
yy Toitejuhtme klamber
yy Kaabliside
yy SCART-henduse adapter
yy Komponentvideo adapter
yy AV-henduse adapter
yy Kruvid (10EA)
Parima kaabelhenduse saavutamiseks selle tootega kasutage kindlasti maksimaalse lbimduga kaableid, nagu nidatud allpool.
yy Maksimaalne lbimt 0,55 tolli (14 mm)
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 4
2010-03-02 10:57:38
01
Juhtpaneeli levaade
Alustamine
Toiteindikaator
Klarid
Kaugjuhtimispuldi sensor
Kaugjuhtimispuldi sensor
SOURCEE
Vimaldab liikuda kigi saadaolevate sisendiallikate vahel. Ekraanimens kasutage seda nuppu
samamoodi nagu kasutaksite kaugjuhtimispuldi nuppu ENTERE.
Kuvab ekraanil teie teleri funktsioonide ekraanimend.
MENU
Toiteindikaator
P (Toide)
Y
z
Puhkereiim
rge jtke telerit puhkereiimile pikaks ajaks (niteks kui lhete puhkusele). Isegi kui toitenupp on vlja llitatud, tarbib teler siiski veidi
elektrienergiat. Kige parem on toitejuhe pistikupesast lahti hendada.
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 5
2010-03-02 10:57:38
Alustamine
Kaugjuhtimispuldi levaade
See on ngemispuuetega inimestele meldud spetsiaalne kaugjuhtimispult, mille toite-, kanali- ja helinupud on varustatud Braille'
pimekirja punktidega.
POWER
ON/OFF
Llitab kaugjuhtimispuldi valgustuse
sisse vi vlja. Kui valgustus on sisse
llitatud, valgustatakse sellele nupule
vajutamisele korraks puldi nuppe. (Kui
kaugjuhtimispuldi kasutamisel on see
nupp on olekus Sees, vhendab see
patareide eluiga.)
SOURCE
PRE-CH
TTX/MIX
Reguleerib helitugevust.
Vahetab kanaleid.
CH LIST
Avab ekraanimen.
MENU
MIDEA.P
GUIDE
TOOLS
INFO
RETURN
EXIT
Vljub menst.
D
P.MODE
S.MODE
DUAL
AD
P.SIZE
SUBT.
MRKUS
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 6
2010-03-02 10:57:39
01
hendamine antenniga
Alustamine
VHF/UHF-antenn
kaabel
vi
ANT OUT
Toitesisend
Isehlestus (algseadistus)
Kui teler esimest korda sisse llitatakse, abistab phiseadete konfigureerimisel sari ekraanil ilmuvaid ksimusi. Vajutage nuppu POWERP.
Isehlestus on saadaval ainult siis, kui Sisendi allikaks on mratud teler.
1
2
Keele valimine
3
4
5
Riigi valimine
6
7
8
9
Kellareiimi seadmine
Reiimi Poedemo vi
Kodukasutus
Antenni valimine
Kanali valimine
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 7
2010-03-02 10:57:40
hendused
AV-seadmega hendamine
Kasutades HDMI- vi HDMI/DVI-kaablit: HD-hendus (kuni 1080p)
Saadaolevad seadmed: DVD, Blu-ray mngija, HD-kaablivastuvtja, HD STB (teleriboksi) satelliitvastuvtja, kaablivastuvtja, satelliitvastuvtja (STB)
DVD /
Blu-ray mngija
HDMI OUT
DVD /
Blu-ray mngija
DVI OUT
AUDIO OUT
R
W
Punane Valge
R-AUDIO-L
xx HDMI-/DVI-kaablihenduse korral peate kasutama pesa HDMI IN 1(DVI). DVD-mngija, Blu-ray mngija, HD-
kaabelvastuvtja, HD STB satelliitvastuvtja, kaabelvastuvtja vi STB satelliitvastuvtja jaoks vib olla vajalik DVI-HDMI
(DVI-st HDMI-ks) kaabli vi DVI-HDMI (DVI-st HDMI-ks) adapteri kasutamine. Heli edastamiseks on vajalik
PC/DVI AUDIO IN pesa.
xx Kui hendatakse vline seade, nagu DVD- / Blu-ray-mngija / kaabelvastuvtja / STB-satelliitvastuvtja, mis toetab
versioonist 1,3 vanemaid HDMI-liidese versioone, vib teleri t olla hiritud (nt puuduv pilt vi heli / hiriv vrelus /
ebaloomulikud vrvid).
xx Kui prast HDMI-kaabli hendamist heli pole, vaadake vlisseadme HDMI versiooni. Kui kahtlustate, et versioon on vanem
kui 1,3, vtke hendust seadme tootjaga, et kinnitada HDMI versiooni ja taotleda versiooni vrskendust.
xx Soovitame osta HDMI-i jaoks ametlikult heaks kiidetud kaabli. Vastasel juhul vidakse kuvada thi ekraan vi ilmneda
trked henduses.
DVD/
Blu-ray mngija
COMPONENT OUT
PB
Videomagnetofon
AUDIO OUT
AUDIO OUT
R-AUDIO-L
R-AUDIO-L
VIDEO OUT
EXT
Videomagnetofon
/ DVD
PR
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 8
2010-03-02 10:57:41
02
Heliseadmega hendamine
hendused
dgitaalne helissteem
OPTICAL
xx Kui pessa DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) on hendatud digitaalne helissteem, vhendage nii teleri kui ka ssteemi
helitugevust.
xx 5,1 CH (kanali) heli on saadaval, kui teler on hendatud 5,1 CH toega vlisseadmega.
xx Kui vastuvtja (kodukinossteem) on sisse llitatud, kuulete heli teleri optilise pesa kaudu. Kui teler vtab vastu DTV-
signaali, saadab teler kodukino vastuvtjasse 5,1 CH heli. Kui allikaks on digitaalkomponent, nagu niteks DVD-mngija/
Blu-ray mngija/kaablivastuvtja/satelliitvastuvtja (digiboks), ja kui see on teleriga hendatud HDMI kaudu, saab kodukino
vastuvtjast kuulata ainult 2 CH heli. Kui soovite kuulata 5,1 CH heli, hendage digitaalse helivljundi pesa oma DVDmngijal/Blu-ray mngijal/kaablivastuvtjal/digiboksi-satelliitvastuvtjal otse vimendi vi kodukinoga.
Krvaklapid H: saate hendada krvaklapid oma teleri krvaklapivljundiga. Kui krvaklapid on hendatud, blokeeritakse
sisseehitatud klaritest kostuv heli.
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 9
2010-03-02 10:57:41
hendused
Pesa CONNECTIONS COMMON INTERFACE
Tasuliste kanalite vaatamiseks tuleb sisestada CI vi CI+ CARD.
yy Kui te ei sisesta CI vi CI+ CARD-i, vivad mned kanalid kuvada teadet
ifreeritud kanal.
yy 23 minuti jooksul kuvatakse hendamisteave, mis sisaldab
telefoninumbrit, CI vi CI+ CARD tunnust, hosti tunnust ning muid
andmeid. Veateate kuvamisel vtke hendust oma teenusepakkujaga.
yy Kui kanaliinfo konfigureerimine on lpetatud, kuvatakse teade
Vrskendamine lpetatud, mis thendab, et kanaliloend on
vrskendatud.
MRKUS
Sisendallika muutmine
Nime muutmine
Allikate loend
Kasutage teleri vi vliste sisendallikate, niteks
DVD / Blu-ray mngija / kaablivastuvtja / STBsatelliitvastuvtja valimiseks.
TV / Ext. / PC / AV / Komponent / HDMI1/DVI
/ HDMI2 / HDMI3 / HDMI4 / USB
10
SOURCE
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 10
2010-03-02 10:57:42
Phifunktsioonid
TTX/MIX
PRE-CH
CH LIST
MENU
MIDEA.P
GUIDE
TOOLS
INFO
RETURN
EXIT
1
2
DEF
DTV Air
15
18:00 ~ 6:00
Unclassified
No Detaild Information
Phifunktsioonid
03
Teave
ja ksuse valimine.
1 ENTERE / suunanupp: kursori liigutamine
P.MODE
S.MODE
DUAL
Seadistuse kinnitamine.
Vaatamise planeerimine
Kava
Ekraanimen kasutamine
MENU m
2
3
4
5
6
7
ENTER E
/
/
ENTER E
EXIT e
GUIDE
Kava
800 five
Channel View - TV
Tna
27
Discovery
28
DiscoveryH&L
800
five
24
price-drop.tv
16
QVC
6
R4DTT
Vaatere.
18:00 - 19:00
American Chopper
Programmes resume at 06:00
Home and...
)Family Affairs
No Information
QVC Selection
No Information
+24 tundi
Kan-re.
19:00 - 20:00
Tine Team
Fiv...
)Dark Angel
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 11
11
2010-03-02 10:57:43
Phifunktsioonid
Graafiku vaate kasutamine
Kava
Graafiku vaade
800
800
)Family Affairs
)Dark Angel
Vaatere.
numbrit.
five
five
xx
Teave E Thista
18:30 Tna
19:15 Tna
Family Affairs
18:00 - 18:30
800 five
xx
Toimingud
Analoogkanal.
Valitud kanal.
Lemmikuks seatud kanal.
Parajasti edastatav saade.
Lukustatud kanal.
Reserveeritud saade.
Kanalihaldur
Lemmikkanalite kustutamine vi seadmine ja saatekava kasutamine
digitaallekannete puhul. Valige kanal ekraanil Kanalid, Minu
kanalid vi Ajastatud.
Kanalid
Antenn
12
c1
2
Kik
1futech
* 24ore.tv
TV
15
Raadio
Teave/muu
Analoog
3
23
33
32
5
4
27
Antenn
Suum
Valige
abc1
BBC World
bid-up.tv
Boonerang
Cartoon Nwk
Class News
\ Coming Soon
Discovery
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 12
2010-03-02 10:57:44
(mens Kanalihaldur)
Nitab kiki lemmikkanaleid.
Kanalid
TV
Raadio
Teave/muu
Analoog
Antenn
1futech
* 24ore.tv
15
Suum
3
23
33
32
5
4
27
Valige
abc1
BBC World
Ajas. vaatam.
bid-up.tv
Muuda kanali number
Boonerang
Kustuta
Vali kik Cartoon Nwk
ClassdNews
\ Coming Soon
Discovery
Kanaliloend
Nete kiki otsitud kanaleid.
Kik
Automaatsalvestus
Phifunktsioonid
* Minu kanalid
Antenn
03
Riik
Lemmikkanalite kasutamine
CH LIST
Ksitsisalvestus
Otsib automaatselt kanalit ja salvestab teleris.
Kanalimen
Kanalite uuestihlestamine
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 13
13
2010-03-02 10:57:45
Phifunktsioonid
Kanalireiimid
Kanalite redigeerimine
Kanalihalduri suvandimen
(mens Kanalihaldur)
1. Valige kanal ja vajutage nuppu TOOLS.
MRKUS
Muud funktsioonid
Kaablivrgu otsingusuvand
(olenevalt riigist)
Vimaldab mrata kaabelvrgu otsimiseks tiendavaid
otsinguparameetreid, nagu sagedus ja smbolikiirus.
Algsagedus / Lppsagedus:: mrake alg- vi lppsagedus
(erineb riigiti).
Modulatsioon: kuvatakse saadaolevad
modulatsioonivrtused.
Ajastatud
(mens Kanalihaldur)
Saate vaadata, muuta vi kustutada saadet, mille olete vaatamiseks
reserveerinud.
Kanalihaldur
Kanalihalduri suvandimen
Peenhlestus
(ainult analoogkanalite puhul)
Kui signaal on nrk vi moonutatud, kasutage kanali ksitsi
peenhlestust.
14
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 14
2010-03-02 10:57:45
Pildivalikute muutmine
Reiim
Valige oma eelistatud pildi tp.
Dnaamiline: sobib heleda valgusega ruumi.
P.MODE
Tpsemad seaded
(saadaval reiimis Standardne / Film)
Saate reguleerida ekraani ksikasjalikumaid seadeid, sealhulgas
vrvi ja kontrastsust.
Tpsemad seaded
Pildiseadete reguleerimine
MRKUS
Phifunktsioonid
03
Men Pilt
Must tonaalsus
: Vljas
Dnaamiline kontrastsus
: Keskmine
Varju ksikasjad
: -2
Gamma
:0
Ainult RGB-reiim
: Vljas
Vrvikooslus
: Loomulik
Valge tasakaal
Kontrastsus ja Heledus.
Sstlikud lahendused
Eco-lahendus
Energiasst (Vljas / Madal / Keskmine / Krge / Pilt vlja
/ Automaatne) t: see reguleerib teleripildi heledust,
et ssta energiat. Kui valite Pilt vlja, llitatakse ekraan vlja,
aga heli jb sisse. Ekraani sissellitamiseks vajutage kskik
millist nuppu, vlja arvatud helitugevuse nupp.
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 15
15
2010-03-02 10:57:46
Phifunktsioonid
Vrviruum (Automaatne / Alguprane): saate reguleerida
kujutise loomiseks saadaolevate vrvide vahemikku.
MRKUS
Pildivalikud
Pildivalikud
Vrvitoon
: Tavaline
Suurus
: Automaatlaiekraan
Ekraanireiim
: 16:9
Digitaalne mrafil.
: Automaatne
MPEG-i mrafilter
: Automaatne
: Tavaline
Filmireiim
: Vljas
Vrvitoon (Jahe/Tavaline/Soe1/Soe2)
P.SIZE
16
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 16
2010-03-02 10:57:46
Helimen
Phifunktsioonid
03
Reiim
Pildi lhtestamine (OK / Thista)
Autom. reguleerimine t
S.MODE
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 17
17
2010-03-02 10:57:46
Phifunktsioonid
Heliseadete reguleerimine
Ekvalaiser
Reguleerib helireiimi (ainult standard-helireiim).
Tasakaal V/P: reguleerib vasaku ja parema klari vahelist
tasakaalu.
100Hz / 300Hz / 1kHz / 3kHz / 10kHz (Ribalaiuse
reguleerimine): reguleerib teatud ribalaiuste sageduste taset.
Lhtestamine: lhtestab ekvalaiseri vaikeseadetele.
Helissteemid jne
Heli keel t
(ainult digitaalkanalite puhul)
Saate muuta heli keele vaikevrtusi.
Heli kirjeldus
(pole kigis asukohtades saadaval) (ainult
digitaalkanalid)
Selle funktsiooniga llitatakse sisse AD-kanal
(helikirjeldus), mis edastatakse telejaamast koos
heli peakanaliga.
AD
18
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 18
2010-03-02 10:57:47
Phifunktsioonid
Seadistusmen
03
Kellaaja seadistamine
Aeg
Kell: kella seadistamine on vajalik teleri erinevate
taimerifunktsioonide jaoks.
Helireiimi valimine
Dual f-g, valimisel kuvatakse ekraanil
praegune helireiim.
DUAL
Unetaimeri kasutamine
Unetaimer t : llitab teleri prast eelseadistatud
ajavahemikku automaatselt vlja. (30, 60, 90, 120, 150 ja 180
minutit).
NICAM
Stereo
Helitp
Mono
Stereo
Dual
Mono
Stereo
Dual
Dual f-g
Mono
Stereo Mono
Dual f Dual g
Mono
Mono Stereo
Mono Dual f
Dual g
Vaikeseade
Automaatne
vahetus
Dual f
Automaatne
vahetus
Taimer 1
Sissellitamisaeg
Dual f
00
Vljallitusaeg
00
Desaktiveeri
Helitugevus
Allikas
10
TV.
00
Desaktiveeri
Kordus
ks kord
00
Antenn
TV
Ph
Kanal
ATV
Esm
Tei
Kol
1
Nel
Ree
Lau
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 19
19
2010-03-02 10:57:47
Phifunktsioonid
Sissellitamisaeg / Vljallitusaeg: seadistage tund, minut
ning aktiveerige/desaktiveerige. (Taimeri aktiveerimiseks
soovitud seadega valige Aktiveeri.)
Helitugevus: seadistage soovitud helitugevuse tase.
Allikas: valige, kas teleri automaatsel sissellitamisel
mngitakse TV vi USB sisu. (Suvandi USB saab valida ainult
juhul, kui teleriga on hendatud USB-seade)
Antenn (kui suvandi Allikas olekuks on valitud TV): valige ATV
vi DTV.
Kanal (kui suvandi Allikas olekuks on valitud TV): valige
soovitud kanal.
Sisu (kui suvandi Allikas olekuks on valitud USB): valige kaust
USB-seadmes, mis sisaldab muusika- vi fotofaile, mida
soovite esitada teleri automaatsel sissellitusel.
Saadete lukustamine
Turvalisus
Muud funktsioonid
Keel
Men keel: valib men keele.
Teleteksti keel: saate mrata teleteksti jaoks soovitud keele.
Subtiitrid
Reiimi Subtiitrid seadistamiseks kasutage
seda mend.
SUBT.
20
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 20
2010-03-02 10:57:48
PIP t
MRKUS
MRKUS
Phifunktsioonid
03
ldine
xx PIP-seaded
Phipilt
Component, HDMI1/DVI,
HDMI2, HDMI3, HDMI4, PC
Alampilt
TV
hisliides
CI-men: see vimaldab kasutajal valida ksusi CAM-i
menst. Valige men arvutikaardil phinev CI-men.
Rakenduse info: saate vaadata teavet CI-pesasse sisestatud
CAM-i kohta ja CI vi CI+ CARD-i kohta, mis on sisestatud
CAM-i. CAM-i vite hendada nii sisse- kui ka vljallitatud
teleri korral.
1. CI CAM-mooduli saate osta lhima edasimja kest vi
telefoni teel.
2. Sisestage CI vi CI+ CARD kindlalt CAM-i noole suunas.
3. Sisestage CAM CI vi CI+ CARD-iga hisliidese pessa noole
suunas nii, et see joondub pesaga paralleelselt.
4. Kontrollige, kas nete ifreeritud signaalikanalil pilti.
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 21
21
2010-03-02 10:57:48
Phifunktsioonid
Tugimen
Enesetest
USB abil
olekust.
HD-henduste juhend
Vrgus
Kanali kaudu
Ootereiimi vrskendus
: Vljas
Alternatiivne tarkvara
2010/01/15_00000
U Liiguta E Sisesta R Naase
22
Tarkvara vrskendamine
Praegune versioon
Teleri tagapaneel
USB abil: sisestage
telerisse USB-draiv,
millel on veebisaidilt
www.samsung.com
alla laaditud psivara
vi
versioonitiend. rge
llitage seadet vlja ega
eemaldage USB-draivi,
USB Drive
kuni vrskendused on
lpule viidud. Prast
psivaravrskenduste lpulejudmist llitub teler automaatselt
vlja ja siis uuesti sisse. Kui tarkvara on uuendatud, kaovad
tehtud video- ja heliseaded ning taastuvad vaikeseaded
(tehaseseaded). Soovitame teil oma seaded les kirjutada, et
neid oleks prast tarkvara uuendamist lihtne taastada.
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 22
2010-03-02 10:57:49
Tpsemad funktsioonid
04
Arvutiga hendamine
Tpsemad funktsioonid
AUDIO OUT
DVI OUT
AUDIO OUT
PC OUT
Eraldusvime
Horisontaalsagedus
(kHz)
Vertikaalsagedus
(Hz)
Pikslikella sagedus
(MHz)
Snkroonimise
polaarsus
(H/V)
IBM
640 x 350
720 x 400
31.469
31.469
70.086
70.087
25.175
28.322
+/-/+
MAC
640 x 480
832 x 624
1152 x 870
35.000
49.726
68.681
66.667
74.551
75.062
30.240
57.284
100.000
-/-/-/-
VESA CVT
720 x 576
1152 x 864
1280 x 720
1280 x 960
35.910
53.783
56.456
75.231
59.950
59.959
74.777
74.857
32.750
81.750
95.750
130.000
-/+
-/+
-/+
-/+
VESA DMT
640 x 480
640 x 480
640 x 480
800 x 600
800 x 600
800 x 600
1024 x 768
1024 x 768
1024 x 768
1152 x 864
1280 x 1024
1280 x 1024
1280 x 720
1280 x 800
1280 x 800
1280 x 960
1360 x 768
1440 x 900
1440 x 900
1680 x 1050
31.469
37.861
37.500
37.879
48.077
46.875
48.363
56.476
60.023
67.500
63.981
79.976
45.000
49.702
62.795
60.000
47.712
55.935
70.635
65.290
59.940
72.809
75.000
60.317
72.188
75.000
60.004
70.069
75.029
75.000
60.020
75.025
60.000
59.810
74.934
60.000
60.015
59.887
74.984
59.954
25.175
31.500
31.500
40.000
50.000
49.500
65.000
75.000
78.750
108.000
108.000
135.000
74.250
83.500
106.500
108.000
85.500
106.500
136.750
146.250
-/-/-/+/+
+/+
+/+
-/-/+/+
+/+
+/+
+/+
+/+
-/+
-/+
+/+
+/+
-/+
-/+
-/+
VESA GTF
1280 x 720
1280 x 1024
52.500
74.620
70.000
70.000
89.040
128.943
-/+
-/-
1920 x 1080p
67.500
60.000
148.500
+/+
MRKUS
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 23
23
2010-03-02 10:57:50
Tpsemad funktsioonid
Vrguhendus
Vite seadistada oma teleri nii, et see pseb internetti lbi kohaliku vrgu (LAN), kasutades traadiga vi traadita hendust.
Vline modem
(ADSL / VDSL / kaabel-TV)
Modemikaabel
LAN-kaabel
yy Vite teleri lisada LAN-vrku, hendades teleri tagakljel asuva LAN-pordi IP-jagajaga, mis on hendatud vlise modemiga. Kasutage
hendamiseks CAT 5 kaablit. Vaadake allolevat joonist.
Teleri tagapaneel
LAN-port seinal
Vline modem
(ADSL / VDSL / kaabel-TV)
Modemikaabel
LAN-kaabel
IP-jagaja
(DHCP-serveriga)
LAN-kaabel
yy Olenevalt vrgu seadistustest on vimalik, et saate teleri hendada LAN-vrku, hendades teleri tagakljel asuva LAN-pordi Cat 5 kaabli
abil otse vrgu seinakontakti. Vaadake allolevat joonist. Pidage meeles, et seinakontakt on hendatud kaugemal asuva modemi vi
ruuteriga.
Teleri tagapaneel
Modemiport seinal
LAN-kaabel
Kui teil on dnaamiline vrk, peaksite kasutama ADSL-modemit vi -ruuterit, mis toetab DHCP-protokolli (Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol). DHCP-d toetavad modemid ja ruuterid pakuvad automaatselt teie telerile internetiga hendamiseks vajalikud IP-aadressi,
alamvrgumaski, lsi ja DNSi vrtused, nii et te ei pea neid ksitsi sisestama. Enamus koduseid vrke on dnaamilised.
Mned vrgud nuavad staatilist IP-aadressi. Kui teie vrk nuab staatilist IP-aadressi, peate vrguhenduse seadistamisel sisestama
IP-aadressi, alamvrgumaski, lsi ja DNSi vrtused teleri kaabliseadistusekraanil ksitsi. IP-aadressi, alamvrgumaski, lsi ja DNSi
vrtuste hankimiseks vtke hendust oma internetiteenuse pakkuja ehk ISP-ga. Kui teil on Windowsiga arvuti, vite need vrtused
saada ka arvuti kaudu.
Kui teie vrk nuab staatilist IP-aadressi, vite kasutada ADSL-modemit, mis toetab DHCP-d. DHCP-d toetavad ADSL-modemid
vimaldavad kasutada staatilisi IP-aadresse.
24
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 24
2010-03-02 10:57:52
Automaatne seadistamine
Vrk
Vrgutp
Tpsemad funktsioonid
04
: Kaabel
Vrgu seadistus
Vrgutest
Vrgu seadistus
Interneti-protokolli seadistus
: Automaatne
IP-aadress
Alamvrgumask
Ls
DNS
: Automaatne
DNS-server
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 25
25
2010-03-02 10:57:52
Tpsemad funktsioonid
hendamine traadita vrku
Teleri hendamiseks traadita vrku vajate traadita ruuterit vi modemit ja Samsungi traadita LAN-adapterit (WIS09ABGN), mis tuleb hendada
teleri taga vi kljel asuvasse USB-pessa. Vaadake allolevat joonist.
Teleri tagapaneel
LAN-port seinal
Traadita IP-ruuter
(DHCP-serveriga psupunkt)
vi
LAN-kaabel
Samsungi traadita
LAN-adapter
Samsungi traadita LAN-adapterit makse eraldi ja seda pakuvad teatud edasimjad, e-kaubanduslikud veebisaidid ja Samsungparts.com.
Samsungi traadita LAN-adapter toetab suhtlusprotokolle IEEE 802.11A/B/G ja N. Samsung soovitab kasutada protokolli IEEE 802.11N. Kui
esitate videot le IEEE 802.11B/G henduse, ei pruugita videot esitada sujuvalt.
MRKUS
xx Traadita vrgu kasutamiseks peab teler olema hendatud traadita IP-ruuteriga. Kui traadita IP-ruuter toetab DHCP vimalust, saate
teleri traadita vrguga hendada nii DHCP kui staatilise IP-aadressi vimalusega.
xx Valige traadita IP-ruuteril kanal, mis pole parajasti kasutuses. Kui traadita IP-jagajale seatud kanal on parajasti kasutuses teise
lhedaloleva seadme poolt, vivad seadmed ksteist segada ning hendused nurjuda.
xx Kui kasutate mnda turvassteemi peale allpool loetletute, ei tta see teleriga.
xx Kui valitud on reiim Pure High-throughput (Greenfield) 802.11n ja psupunkti krptimistbiks seatud WEP, TKIP vi TKIP-AES
(WPS2Mixed), ei toeta Samsungi telerid hendust, mis vastab uutele Wi-Fi serdispetsifikatsioonidele.
xx Kui teie psupunkt toetab WPS-i (Wi-Fi Protected Setup), saate luua vrguhenduse, kasutades PBC-d (Push Button
Configuration) vi PIN-i (Personal Identification Number). WPS konfigureerib automaatselt SSID ja WPA-vtme mlemas reiimis.
xx Kui ruuter, modem vi seade ei ole sertifitseeritud, ei saa telerit Samsungi traadita LAN-adapteri kaudu hendada.
xx hendusmeetodid: traadita vrgu hendust vite seadistada kuuel viisil.
PBC (WPS)
Automaatne seadistus (Automaatse vrguotsingu funktsiooni abil)
Ksitsi seadistus
Ad-Hoc
xx Kik Samsungi traadita LAN-adapterid tuleks hendada otse teleri USB-porti. USB-jaoturit ei toetata.
26
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 26
2010-03-02 10:57:53
04
Mrkus
Meetod 1
hendage paremnurgaga USB-adapteri abil
Meetod 2
hendage pikenduskaabli kaudu
Tpsemad funktsioonid
Kui teler on hendatud Samsungi traadita LAN-adapteriga, vidakse mningate kanalite puhul pilti ebakorrektselt kuvada vi vib tekkida
jrelkujutis. Sellisel juhul looge hendus, kasutades hte allkirjeldatud meetoditest:
vi
Vrgu seadistus
Vrgu valimine
: Pole valitud
Interneti-protokolli seadistus
: Automaatne
IP-aadress
Alamvrgumask
Ls
DNS
: Automaatne
DNS-server
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 27
27
2010-03-02 10:57:53
Tpsemad funktsioonid
Automaatne seadistamine
0 mrki
C
Turvavti
Vrgu seadistus
0~9
Number
Vike tht
B
Kustuta
Ruum
28
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 28
2010-03-02 10:57:54
Tpsemad funktsioonid
04
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 29
29
2010-03-02 10:57:54
Tpsemad funktsioonid
Media Play
MEDIA.P
MediaPlay
Videod
SUM
Seadme muutm.
USB-seadme hendamine
1.
2.
hendage foto-, muusika- ja/vi videofaile sisaldav USB-seade teleri kljel asuvasse USB
1 (HDD) vi USB 2 pessa.
3.
Kui USB on teleriga hendatud, ilmub hpikaken. Seejrel saate valida Media Play.
Teleri tagapaneel
vi
USB-draiv
Kui kasutate reiimi Media Play (USB) oma arvutisse salvestatud faili kaudu, peaksite veebilehelt www.samsung.com alla laadima
programmi PC Share Manager ja kasutusjuhendi.
Arvuti
Teleri tagapaneel
LAN
vi
Samsungi
traadita LANadapter
Vline modem
(ADSL/VDSL/kaabel-TV)
LAN-kaabel
Traadita IP-ruuter
Modemikaabel
LAN-kaabel
LAN-kaabel
1.
2.
Soovitame paigaldada teleri ja arvuti samasse alamvrku. Teleri ja arvuti IP-aadresside esimesed kolm numbrit (alamvrgumask)
peavad olema samad (nt IP-aadress: 123.456.789.**)
hendage omavahel LAN-kaabli abil arvuti, kuhu programm Samsung PC Share Manager installeeritakse, ja vline modem.
Teleri vib arvutiga hendada otse, ilma ruuterit kasutamata.
30
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 30
2010-03-02 10:57:56
04
Tpsemad funktsioonid
Funktsioon Taases. pid. ei toeta mitut kasutajat. (See salvestab ainult hetke, kus viimane kasutaja esituse peatas.)
xx Enne seadme hendamist teleriga varundage kindlasti sellel olevad failid, et ra hoida nende kahjustumist vi andmekadu.
SAMSUNG ei vastuta mingite andmefailikahjustuste ega andmekao eest.
Management) on tehnoloogia, mis toetab sisu loomist, levitamist ja haldamist integreeritud ja ldisel viisil, hlmates nii sisupakkujate
iguste ja huvide kaitset, sisu illegaalse kopeerimise takistamist kui ka maksu- ja arveldushaldust.
xx Kui hendatud on rohkem kui 2 PTP-seadet, saate korraga kasutada ainult hte.
xx Kui hendatud on rohkem kui kaks MSC-seadet, ei pruugita mnda neist tuvastada. USB-seadet, mis vajab palju vimsust (le 500
mA vi 5 V), ei pruugita toetada.
xx Kui USB-seadme hendamisel vi kasutamisel kuvatakse levimsuse hoiatusteade, ei pruugita seadet tuvastada vi vib tekkida
talitlushire.
xx Kui telerisse ei ole funktsioonis Automaatkaitse aeg mratud ajal seadet hendatud, kivitub ekraanisstja.
xx Mnede vliste kvaketaste energiasstureiim vib teleriga hendamise korral kivituda automaatselt.
xx USB-pikendusjuhtme kasutamisel ei pruugi USB-seade olla ratuntav vi seadmel olevaid failid loetavad.
xx Kui teleriga hendatud USB-seadet ra ei tunta, seadme faililoend on kahjustatud vi loendis olevat faili ei esitata, hendage USBseade arvutiga, vormindage seade ja kontrollige hendust.
xx Kui arvutist kustutatud fail on Media Play kivitamisel endiselt alles, kasutage faili lplikuks kustutamiseks arvuti funktsiooni
Thjenda prgikast.
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 31
31
2010-03-02 10:57:56
Tpsemad funktsioonid
Ekraani kuva
Liigutage soovitud faili, kasutades nuppe les/alla/paremale/vasakule, ja seejrel vajutage nuppu ENTERE vi (Esita). Faili esitatakse.
Videod
Movie 01.avi
Movie 03.avi
Movie 05.avi
1/1 Leheklg
/Movie 01.avi
Movie 02.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 04.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 06.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 07.avi
Movie 09.avi
sisust erinev.
SUM
Faililoendi jaotis:
saate vaadata iga kategooria
alusel jrjestatud faile ja
rhmi.
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Movie 08.avi
Jan.10.2010
Sortimisalus on olenevalt
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Movie 10.avi
Jan.10.2010
Valige
Seadme muutm.
Jan.10.2010
Sortimine T Triistad
Funktsiooninupud
Punane(Seadme muutm.): valib hendatud seadme.
B Roheline (Eeliskeel): mrab failieelistuse. (Pole Phivaates toetatud)
Kollane (Valige): valib faililoendist mitu faili. Valitud failid on thistatud smboliga.
Sinine (Sortimine): valib sortimisloendi
T Triistad: kuvab valikumen.
Nupu (REW) vi (FF) abil saab liikuda faililoendi jrgmisele vi eelmisele lehekljele.
Videod
Video esitamine
1. Vajutage nuppu vi , et valida Videod, seejrel vajutage nuppu ENTERE mens Media Play.
2. Faililoendis soovitud faili valimiseks vajutage nuppu ///.
3. Vajutage nuppu ENTERE vi (Esita).
Ekraani laosas kuvatakse valitud fail koos esituse ajaga.
Kui video ajateave on tundmatu, esituse kestust ja edenemisriba ei kuvata.
Video esitamise ajal vite lbi viia otsingu, kasutades nuppe ja .
00:04:03 / 00:07:38
Nimi
Faililaiend
.ttxt
XML
SAMI
.smi
HTML
Vorming
SubRip
.srt
stringil phinev
SubViewer
.sub
stringil phinev
Micro DVD
.sub vi .txt
stringil phinev
SUM
32
1/1
Movie 01.avi
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 32
2010-03-02 10:57:58
*.avi
*.mkv
Konteiner
AVI
MKV
*.asf
ASF
*.wmv
ASF
*.mp4
MP4
Videokoodek
Eraldusvime
Kaadrisagedus
(kaadrit/s)
Bitikiirus
(Mbps)
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
XviD
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
XviD
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
XVID
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
H.264 BP / MP / HP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP / ASP
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
*.3gp
3GPP
*.vro
VRO
VOB
MPEG1
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
MPEG2
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
MPEG1
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
*.mpg
*.mpeg
PS
MPEG2
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
H.264
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG2
1920x1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
H.264
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
VC1
1920x1080
6 ~ 30
25
*.ts
*.tp
*.trp
TS
Helikoodek
Tpsemad funktsioonid
Faililaiend
04
yy Toetatud videovormingud
WMA
MP3 / ADPCM /
AAC
ADPCM / AAC /
HE-AAC
AC3 / MPEG / LPCM
Muud piirangud
MRKUS
Audio dekooder
Toetab kuni WMA 7, 8, 9, STD
WMA 9 PRO ei toeta 2 kanalit letavat mitmikkanalit ega kadudeta
heli.
WMA diskreetimissagedust 22050 Hz mono ei toetata.
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 33
33
2010-03-02 10:57:58
Tpsemad funktsioonid
Filmifaili jtkuv esitamine (Esituse jtkamine)
Kui vljute videoesituse funktsioonist, saab videot peatamise kohast hiljem edasi vaadata.
1. Valige faililoendist nuppude vi bil filmifail, mille vaatamist soovite
jtkata.
2. Vajutage nuppu (Esita) / ENTERE.
00:04:03 / 00:07:38
1/1
Movie 01.avi
Taases. pid.
Jtkab esitust viimati vaadatud stseenist.
SUM
Muusika
Muusika esitus
1. Vajutage vi , et valida Muusika, seejrel vajutage nuppu
ENTERE mens Media Play.
Loend
I Love You
Jhon
I Love you
Jhon
1st Album
Pop
2010
4.2MB
No Singer
3/15
Music 1
Music 2
No Singer
Music 3
No Singer
Music 4
01:10 / 04:02
No Singer
Music 5
No Singer
SUM
Kui heli on MP3-failide esitamisel imelik, reguleerige funktsiooni Ekvalaiser mens Heli. (lemoduleeritud MP3-fail vib phjustada
heliprobleeme.)
Fotod
Foto (vi slaidiseansi) vaatamine
1. Vajutage nuppu vi Fotod, seejrel vajutage nuppu ENTERE
mens Media Play.
Tavaline
Image1024.jpg
1024x768
2010/2/1
3/15
SUM
reiim muudetav.
34
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 34
2010-03-02 10:58:00
04
Videod
/Movie 01.avi
Movie 01.avi
MRKUS
Movie 02.avi
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Movie 03.avi
Movie 04.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 05.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 06.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 07.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 09.avi
Movie 10.avi
Jan.10.2010
SUM
Jan.10.2010
Movie 08.avi
Jan.10.2010
Tpsemad funktsioonid
Seadme muutm.
Jan.10.2010
Valige
Sortimine T Triistad
Videod
Muusika
Fotod
Phivaade
Toimingud
>
>
>
Pealkiri
>
>
>
Eeliskeel
Sordib ja kuvab faili vastavalt eelistusele. Faili eelistust saate muuta faililoendi
jaotises, kasutades rohelist nuppu.
>
>
>
Hiliseim kuupev
>
>
>
>
>
Album
>
anr
>
Toon
>
Kuu
Sordib ja kuvab fotofaile kuu alusel. Sorditakse ainult kuude alusel (jaanuarist
detsembrini), aastat arvestamata.
>
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 35
35
2010-03-02 10:58:01
Tpsemad funktsioonid
Videote/muusika/fotode esituse suvandimen
Vajutage faili esituse ajal nuppu TOOLS.
Kategooria
Toimingud
Videod
Muusika
Fotod
Pealkiri
>
Kordusreiim
>
Pildi suurus
>
Pildiseade
>
Heliseade
>
Subtiitrite seade
Saate videofaili esitada koos subtiitritega. Funktsioon toimib ainult juhul, kui subtiitrifailil on
sama nimi mis videofailil.
>
Lpeta slaidiseanss/
Alusta slaidiseanssi
Slaidiseansi kiirus
>
Taustamuusika
>
Suum
>
Pra
Teave
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
Seaded
Seadistusmen kasutamine
Filmi jtk. es. meeldet. (Jtka esitamist) (Sees / Vljas): valige, et kuvada spikri hpiksnum jtkuva filmi taasesituse jaoks.
Hangi DivX nudevideo reg.-kood: kuvab teleri jaoks autoriseeritud registreerimiskoodi. Kui loote henduse DivX veebisaidiga ja
registreerite oma registreerimiskoodi koos isikliku kontoga, saate laadida alla VOD registreerimisfaili. Kui esitate VOD'i registreerimiskoodi
Media Play kasutamisel, viiakse registreerimine lpule.
Hangi DivX nudevideo desakt.-kood: kui DivX VOD ei ole registreeritud, kuvatakse registreerimise desaktiveerimiskood. Kui
teostate selle funktsiooni siis, kui DivX VOD on registreeritud, desaktiveeritakse praegune DivX VOD registreerimiskood.
Teave: valige, et kuvada hendatud seadme teavet.
36
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 36
2010-03-02 10:58:01
04
Anynet+
Anynet+ on funktsioon, mis vimaldab teil Samsungi teleripuldi kaudu juhtida kiki hendatud Samsungi seadmeid, mis toetavad Anynet+
ssteemi. Anynet+ ssteemi saab kasutada ainult selliste Samsungi seadmetega, millel on Anynet+ funktsioon. Et teada saada, kas teie
Samsungi seadmel on see funktsioon olemas, vaadake, kas leiate sellelt Anynet+ logo.
Kodukino hendamiseks
Kodukino
Teleri tagapaneel
Anynet+
seade 1
Anynet+ seade
2, 3, 4
Tpsemad funktsioonid
Mis on Anynet+? t
Optiline kaabel
HDMI-kaabel
HDMI-kaabel
HDMI-kaabel
1. hendage HDMI-kaabli abil teleri pesa HDMI IN (1(DVI), 2, 3 vi 4) ja vastava Anynet+ seadme HDMI OUT pesa.
2. hendage HDMI-kaabli abil kodukino HDMI IN pesa ja vastava Anynet+ seadme HDMI OUT pesa.
MRKUS
xx hendage optilise kaabli abil teleri DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) pesa ja kodukino digitaalne helisisend.
xx lalpool kirjeldatud henduse puhul tuleb meeles pidada, et optiline pesa vljastab vaid kahekanalilist heli. Heli kuulete ainult
kodukino eesmisest, vasakust ja paremast klarist ning bassklarist. Kui soovite kuulata 5.1-kanalilist heli, hendage DVD-mngija /
satelliitboksi (st Anynet-seadme 1 vi 2) DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) pesa otse vimendi vi kodukinoga, mitte teleriga.
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 37
37
2010-03-02 10:58:02
Tpsemad funktsioonid
Anynet+ men
Anynet+ men muutub olenevalt teleriga hendatud Anynet+ seadme tbist ja olekust.
Anynet+ men
Telerivaade
Seadmeloend
(seadme_nimi) MENU
(seadme_nimi) INFO
Salvestamine: (*salvesti)
Lpeta salvestamine: (*salvesti)
Vastuvtja
Kirjeldus
Muudab Anynet+ reiimi telesaate reiimiks.
Kuvab Anynet+ seadmete loendi.
Kuvab hendatud seadmete mend. Nt kui hendatud on DVD-salvesti, kuvatakse DVD-salvesti
plaadimen.
Kuvab hendatud seadmete esitusmend. Nt kui hendatud on DVD-salvesti, kuvatakse DVD-salvesti
esitusmen.
Alustab kohe salvesti abil salvestamist. (See vimalus on kttesaadav ainult salvestamist toetavate
seadmete puhul.)
Peatab salvestamise.
Heli esitatakse vastuvtja kaudu.
Kui hendatud on enam kui ks salvestusseade, kuvatakse need kui (*salvesti); kui aga hendatud on ainult ks salvestusseade, kuvatakse
see kui (*seadme_nimi).
Anynet+ seadistamine
Seadistus
Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) (Vljas / Sees): funktsiooni Anynet+ kasutamiseks peab Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) vrtuseks olema Sees.
Kui Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) funktsioon on blokeeritud, on kik Anynet+ toimingud desaktiveeritud.
Automaatne vljallitu (Ei / Jah): Anynet+ seadme automaatse vljallitamise aktiveerimine teleri vljallitamisel.
Kui te soovitud seadet sealt ei leia, vajutage loendi vrskendamiseks punast nuppu.
Ainult juhul, kui seadistate suvandi Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) mens Rakendus vrtusele Sees, ilmub men Seadmeloend.
xx Valitud seadmetele mber llitumiseks vib kuluda kuni kaks minutit. mberllituse toimingut katkestada ei saa.
xx Kui vlissisendi reiim on valitud nupu SOURCE abil, ei saa te Anynet+ funktsiooni kasutada. Veenduge, et llitute Anynet+
seadmele valiku Seadmeloend abil.
Salvestamine
Samsungi salvesti abil saate salvestada telesaateid.
1. Valige Salvestus.
xx Kui hendatud on rohkem kui ks salvestusseade, kuvatakse salvestusseadmete loend. Valige ks salvestusseade mens
Seadmeloend.
Kui salvestusseadet ei kuvata, valige Seadmeloend ja vajutage seadmete otsimiseks punast nuppu.
2. Vljumiseks vajutage nuppu EXIT.
Enne salvestamist kontrollige, kas antennipesa ja salvestusseade on teineteisega korralikult hendatud. Teavet antenni ja
salvestusseadme ige hendamise kohta leiate salvestusseadme kasutusjuhendist.
38
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 38
2010-03-02 10:58:02
04
Kui teie vastuvtja toetab ainult heli, ei pruugi see seadmeloendisse ilmuda.
Vastuvtja ttab siis, kui olete vastuvtja optilise sisendpesa ja teleri pesa DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) igesti
hendanud.
Kui vastuvtja (nt kodukino) on sisse llitatud, kuulete heli teleri optilise pesa kaudu. Kui teler edastab DTV-signaali (huantenni
kaudu), saadab teler vastuvtjasse 5.1-kanalise heli. Kui allikaks on digitaalseade, nagu niteks DVD-mngija, ja kui see on
teleriga hendatud HDMI kaudu, saab vastuvtjast kuulata ainult 2-kanalist heli.
Tpsemad funktsioonid
MRKUS
xx Saate Anynet+ seadmeid juhtida ainult teleri kaugjuhtimispulti kasutades, mitte nuppudega teleril.
xx Teatud tingimustes ei pruugi teleri kaugjuhtimispult ttada. Kui see juhtub, valige Anynet+ seade uuesti.
xx Anynet+ funktsioonid ei tta muude tootjate seadmetega.
Anynet+ trkeotsing
Probleem
Vimalik lahendus
Anynet+ ei tta.
Kontrollige, kas tegu on Anynet+ seadmega. Anynet+ ssteem toetab ainult Anynet+ seadmeid.
hendage ainult ks vastuvtja (kodukino).
Kontrollige, kas Anynet+ seadme toitejuhe on korralikult hendatud.
Kontrollige Anynet+ seadme video-/audio-/HDMI-kaabli hendusi.
Kontrollige, kas Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) on Anynet+ seadistusmens seatud valikule Sees.
Kontrollige, kas teleri kaugjuhtimispult on telerireiimis.
Kontrollige, kas tegu on Anynet+ toetava kaugjuhtimispuldiga.
Anynet+ ei tta teatud tingimustes. (Kanalite otsingu ajal, kasutades funktsioone Media Play vi
Isehlestus (algseadistus) jne)
HDMI-kaabli hendamisel vi lahtihendamisel veenduge, et teler otsib seadmed uuesti les, vi llitage teler
vlja ja uuesti sisse.
Kontrollige, kas Anynet+ funktsioon on Anynet+ seadmel sisse llitatud.
Kontrollige, kas Anynet+ seade on teleriga korralikult hendatud ja Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) seatud Anynet+
seadistusmens olekusse Sees.
Vajutage nuppu TOOLS, et kuvada Anynet+ mend ja valida soovitud men.
Kaugjuhtimispulti ei saa kasutada Anynet+ seadistamise ajal ning teisele reiimile llitumise ajal.
Kasutage kaugjuhtimispulti, kui Anynet+ seadistamine vi vaatamisreiimile llitumine on lbi.
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 39
39
2010-03-02 10:58:02
Tpsemad funktsioonid
AllShare
Anynet+ seadistamine
MRKUS
Seadistus
Snumikuva
Kui teleri vaatamise ajal saabub uus SMS-snum, kuvatakse
mrguandeaken. Kui te vajutate nuppu OK, kuvatakse snumi
sisu.
SMS-snumite kuvaseadeid saate konfigureerida
mobiiltelefonides. Lisateavet leiate mobiiltelefoni
kasutusjuhendist.
AllShare
3/7
Seadistus
Snum
: Sees
Snum
Meedium
: Sees
Meedium
ScreenShare
: Sees
ScreenShare
TV nimi
: Koduteler
40
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 40
2010-03-02 10:58:03
MRKUS
Tpsemad funktsioonid
Ajastuse mrguanne
04
lehekljele erineda.
MRKUS
Luba
Keela
Contacts
Calendar
Doc Viewer
E Valige
Naase
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 41
41
2010-03-02 10:58:03
Muu teave
Analoogkanalite teleteksti funktsioon
Teleteksti sisukorraleht sisaldab teavet selle teenuse kasutamise kohta. Teleteksti igeks kuvamiseks
peab kanali vastuvtt olema stabiilne. Muidu vivad mned lehed jda ngemata vi olla puudu.
42
SOURCE
PRE-CH
TTX/MIX
7
8
CH LIST
8
9
0
MENU
0
3
4
5
TOOLS
INFO
RETURN
EXIT
Osa
A
B
C
D
E
F
Sisukord
Valitud leheklje number.
Telekanali tunnus.
Hetkel kuvatava leheklje
number vi otsingutunnus.
Kuupev ja kellaaeg.
Tekst.
Olekuteave. FASTEXT-i teave.
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 42
2010-03-02 10:58:04
05
Kaablite koondamine
Muu teave
Aluse tp
Sulgege kaablid kaablisidemesse selliselt, et neid ei oleks lbi lbipaistva alustoe nha.
1
2
3
Seinakinnituse tp
rge tmmake kaableid seadmisel liiga tugevalt. See vib kahjustada toote hendusliideseid.
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 43
43
2010-03-02 10:58:05
Muu teave
Seinakinnituse paigaldamine
Vahekinnituse monteerimine
Teleri paigaldamisel seina klge kinnitage vahekinnitus joonisel nidatud viisil.
Vahekinnitus
Toitejuhtme kinnitamine
Teleri seinale paigaldamisel kinnitage toitejuhe joonisel nidatud viisil.
44
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 44
2010-03-02 10:58:06
05
Muu teave
MRKUS
xx Seinakomplektide puhul, mille kruvispetsifikatsioonid ei vasta VESA standarditele, vivad kruvipikkused sltuvalt spetsifikatsioonist
olla erinevad.
xx rge keerake kruvisid liiga kvasti kinni, sest nii vite toodet kahjustada vi phjustada selle allakukkumise, mis omakorda vib
tekitada kehavigastusi. Samsung ei vastuta kirjeldatud nnetusjuhtumite eest.
xx Samsung ei vastuta toote kahjustuste vi kehavigastuste eest, mis vivad tekkida juhul, kui kasutatakse VESA standarditele
mittevastavat vi mitte-ettenhtud seinakinnitust vi kui tarbija ei jrgi toote paigaldusjuhiseid.
LED-TELER
[lihuke]
tolli
VESA this (A * B)
Standardkruvi
19~22
75 x 75
M4
23~29
200 x 100
32~37
200 x 200
40~55
400 x 400
56~65
600 x 400
M8
Kogus
rge paigaldage seinakomplekti ajal, mil teler on sisse llitatud. Vastasel juhul vib see phjustada elektrilgi.
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 45
45
2010-03-02 10:58:07
Muu teave
Vargusvastane Kensingtoni lukk
Samsung Kensingtoni lukke ei tarni. Kensingtoni lukk on seade ssteemi lukustamiseks
avalikus kohas kasutamise korral. Luku vlimus ja lukustamise meetod vivad olenevalt
tootjast joonisel kujutatust erineda. Kensingtoni luku igesti kasutamise kohta leiate
tiendavat teavet sellega kaasas olevast juhendist.
1
2
Otsige teleri tagant les smbol K. Kensingtoni luku ava asub smboli K
krval.
1. Sisestage lukustusseade LED-teleri Kensingtoni luku pesasse 1 ning prake
seda joonisel nidatud viisil 2.
3
<valikuline>
Kruvid ei pruugi tootega kaasas olla. Sel juhul ostke need ise, jlgides, et
kruvide tehnilised nitajad oleksid jrgmised.
3. hendage tugeva nri abil teleri klge kinnitatud klambrid seina klge kinnitatud
klambritega ja siduge nr seejrel tugevasti kinni.
MRKUS
Sein
46
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 46
2010-03-02 10:58:08
05
Trkeotsing
Probleemid
Lahendused ja seletused
Pildikvaliteet
Esmalt sooritage Pildi testimine, et kontrollida, kas teie teler kuvab korralikult testpilti. (valige MENU - Tugi
- Enesetest - Pildi testimine) (lk 22)
Kui proovikujutis kuvatakse probleemideta, vib madala pildikvaliteedi phjuseks olla sisend vi
saatesignaal.
Pildimoonutusi vib phjustada videomaterjali tihendamine, eriti spordi ja pnevusfilmide taolise kiiret
liikumist sisaldava materjali puhul.
Pildimoonutusi vivad phjustada nrk signaal vi madal kvaliteet. Tegu pole teleri probleemiga.
Reguleerige teleri mens suvandi Pilt seadistusi. (valige reiim Pilt / Vrv / Heledus / Teravus) (lk 15)
Reguleerige teleri mens suvandi Energiasst seadistusi. (valige MENU - Pilt - Eco-lahendus Energiasst) (lk 15)
Proovige pildi vaikeseadistuste kasutamiseks pilti lhtestada. (valige MENU - Pilt - Pildi
lhtestamine) (lk 17)
Kui pildiformaadiks on seatud Mahuta ekraanile, muutke see olekusse 16:9 (lk 16).
Muutke kaabliboksi/teleriboksi eraldusvimet.
Pilt on mustvalge.
Kui kasutate AV-liitsisendit, hendage videokaabel (kollane) teleri komponentsisendi 1 rohelise pesaga.
Helikvaliteet
Muu teave
Kui teil tekib teleriga seoses probleeme, lugege esmalt alljrgnevat loetelu. Kui kski nendest trkeotsingu nuannetest teile abiks ei ole,
klastage veebisaiti www.samsung.com ja klpsake seal Tugi, vi vtke hendust knekeskusega, mille andmed leiate selle juhendi
tagakaanelt.
Esmalt viige lbi Heli testimine, et kontrollida, kas teie teleri heliseadmed ttavad igesti.
(valige MENU - Tugi - Enesetest - Heli testimine) (lk 22)
Kui helissteem on korras, vib probleemi phjuseks olla sisend vi saatesignaal.
Veenduge, et teleri vooluvrku hendamiseks meldud toitejuhe on nii seinakontakti kui teleriga
korralikult hendatud.
Veenduge, et pistikupesa ttab.
Proovige vajutada teleri nuppu POWER, veendumaks, et probleem pole kaugjuhtimispuldis. Kui teler
llitub sisse, vaadake alljrgnevat jaotist Kaugjuhtimispult ei tta.
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 47
47
2010-03-02 10:58:08
Muu teave
Probleemid
Pilt/video puudub.
Lahendused ja seletused
Kontrollige kaablite hendusi (eemaldage ning hendage uuesti kik teleri ja vlisseadmete kaablid).
Viige vlisseadme (kaabliboksi/teleriboksi, DVD-mngija, Blu-ray-mngija) videovljund vastavusse
teleri sisendhendusega. Niteks kui vlisseadme vljund on HDMI, peaks see olema hendatud
HDMI-sisendiga teleril.
Veenduge, et hendatud seadmed on sisse llitatud.
Veenduge, et teleril on valitud ige sisend, vajutades teleri kaugjuhtimispuldil olevat nuppu SOURCE.
RF-hendus (Kaabel/Antenn)
Teler ei vta kiki kanaleid vastu.
Pildimoonutusi vib phjustada videomaterjali tihendamine, eriti spordi ja pnevusfilmide taolise kiiret
liikumist sisaldava materjali puhul.
Pildi moondumist vib phjustada nrk signaal. Tegu pole teleri probleemiga.
hendamine arvutiga
Ilmub teade Reiimi ei toetata.
Seadistage oma arvuti vljundsignaali eraldusvime ja sagedus selliseks, et need oleks vastavuses
teleri poolt toetatavate vastavate nitajatega (lk 23).
See on normaalne nhtus; PC kuvatakse sisendite loendis alati, ka siis, kui arvutit ei ole hendatud.
Muu
Pilti ei kuvata tisekraanil.
HD-kanalite puhul on lesskaleeritud standardlahutusega (4:3) sisu kuvamisel mlemal pool ekraani
mustad ribad.
les ja alla kuvatakse mustad ribad selliste filmide puhul, mille kuvasuhe on teie teleri omast erinev.
Valige vlisseadme vi teleri pildiformaadi suvandiks tisekraan.
Kaugjuhtimispult ei tta.
Kaablivastuvtja/teleriboksi
kaugjuhtimispult ei llita telerit sisse ega
vlja ega reguleeri helitugevust.
Kontrollige, milline on teleri poolt toetatav eraldusvime, ning mrake ka vlisseadmele vastav
eraldusvime. Vaadake eraldusvime seadeid kesoleva juhendi lehekljelt 23.
Kindlustage, et teler on asetatud tasasele pinnale. Kui te ei saa kruvisid telerist eemaldada, kasutage
magnetiga kruvikeerajat.
Kui teler on reiimis Poedemo, lhtestatakse heli- ja pildiseadistused iga 30 minuti jrel. Muutke
seaded reiimilt Poedemo reiimile Kodukasutus toimingus Isehlestus (algseadistus). Vajutage
nuppu SOURCE reiimi TV valimiseks ja liikuge MENU Seadistus Isehlestus (algseadistus)
ENTERE (lk 7).
48
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 48
2010-03-02 10:58:08
Lahendused ja seletused
05
Probleemid
PIP funktsioon on saadaval ainult siis, kui kasutate HDMI-, arvuti- vi komponentsisendit (lk 21)
Kui kasutate CAM CARD-i (CI/CI+), veenduge, et see on paigaldatud tavaprasesse liidesepesasse.
Kui probleem psib, tmmake CAM CARD telerist vlja ja sisestage see uuesti pesasse.
See on tavaprane. Teler juhib ise OTA (Over The Aerial) funktsiooni allalaaditud psivara
vrskendamiseks, samal ajal kui te telerit vaatate.
Selle vltimiseks kasutage teleripinnal, mis on otseses kontaktis mbliga, vildist kaitseid.
Muu teave
Selle TFT LED-ekraani paneel koosneb krgtehnoloogiliselt toodetud alampikslitest. Sellegipoolest vib ekraanil leiduda mni hele vi
tume piksel. Need pikslid ei mjuta seadme td.
Litsents
T oodetud Dolby Laboratories litsentsi alusel. Dolby ja kahekordne D smbol on Dolby Laboratories
kaubamrgid.
Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent #s: 5,451,942; 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; 6,487,535
& other U.S. and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS and the Symbol are registered trademarks. & DTS
2.0+ Digital Out and the DTS logos are trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product Includes software. DTS, Inc. All
Rights Reserved.
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO: DivX is a digital video format created by DivX,Inc. This is an official DivX Certified device that plays DivX video. Visit www.divx.
com for more information and software tools to convert your files into DivX video.
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO-ON-DEMAND: This DivX Certified device must be registered in order to play DivX Video-on-Demand (VOD) content.
To generate the registration code, locate the DivX VOD section in the device setup menu.
Go to vod.divx.com with this code to complete the registration process and learn more about DivX VOD. Pat. 7,295,673; 7,460,688; 7,519,274
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 49
49
2010-03-02 10:58:09
Muu teave
Tehnilised andmed
Algne paneel
1920 x 1080 @ 60 Hz
Keskkonnaalased andmed
Ttemperatuur
Tkeskkonna niiskustase
Hoiustamise temperatuur
Hoiustamise niiskustase
Telerissteem
Vrvi-/videossteem
Helissteem
HDMI IN 1 ~ 4
-20 ~ 20
UE32C5000
UE37C5000
32 tolli
37 tolli
Heli
(Vljund)
10 W x 2
Mtmed (LxSxK)
Korpus
Koos alusega
Kaal
Ilma aluseta
Alusega
Mudel
Ekraani suurus
(diagonaal)
8,2 kg
11,0 kg
10,6 kg
14,2 kg
UE40C5000
UE46C5000
40 tolli
46 tolli
Heli
(Vljund)
10 W x 2
Mtmed (LxSxK)
Korpus
Koos alusega
Kaal
Ilma aluseta
Alusega
12,1 kg
15,7 kg
15,7 kg
19,7 kg
50
Eesti
4.BN68-02656G-00Est.indd 50
2010-03-02 3:09:47
Ainult RGB-reiim
Allikate loend
AllShare
Antenn
Anynet+
Arvutiga hendamine
Autom. helitugevus
15
10
40
13
37
23
18
Autom. reguleerimine
17
D
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
DivX VOD
D-sub
Dnaamiline
Dnaamiline kontrastsus
9, 37
36
23
15
15
E
Eco Sensor
Ekvalaiser
Energiasst
Enesetest
EPG (Electronic Programme Guide)
15
18
15
22
11
17
34
12
8, 37
15
9
5
I
Isehlestus
K
Kaabliside
Kanali vaate kasutamine
Kanalihaldur
Kanalimen
Kanalite redigeerimine
L
Lemmikkanalite kasutamine
Liikumine
Litsents
Lukk
13
11
49
14
M
Media Play
Meloodia
Men lbipaistvus
Minu kanalid
Must tonaalsus
Muusika
Muutke PIN-i
30
21
21
13
15
34
20
Nahatoon
Nime muutmine
Nupp ON/OFF
4, 43
11
12
13
14
Optimaalne eraldusvime
16
10
6
23
P
Paigalduskoht
2
Patareid
6
Pealkiri
35
Peenhlestus
14
Pildi suurus
16, 36
PIP (pilt pildis)
21
Phivaade
35
Pooleliolevate ja jrgnevate saadete kava 11
Pra
36
Puhkereiim
S
Sagedus
Salvestamine
Seinakinnitus
Signaaliinfo
Slaidiseanss
Soe
Subtiitrid
Smbol
13
38
44
22
34
16
20
3
T
Taimer
Tarkvara vrskendamine
Tasakaal V/P
Taustamuusika
Tehnilised andmed
Teravus
Toiteindikaator
Triistad
Trkeotsing
TV klar
19
22
18
36
50
15
5
3
47
18
U
Unetaimer
USB-draiv
H
HDMI-kaabel
Heledus
Heliseadmega hendamine
Helitugevus
6
20
19
9, 37
8
36
9
F
Filmireiim
Fotod
Graafiku vaate kasutamine
Kaugjuhtimispult
Keel
Kell
Kodukino
Komponent
Kordusreiim
Krvaklapid
19
22, 30
V
Vahekinnitus
Valge tasakaal
Vali kik
Valige klar
Vline klar
Vrvitoon
Vastuvtja
Videod
Videovormingud
Vimendus
Vrgu seadistus
Vrguhendus
44
16
14
18
18
16
39
32
33
17
25
24
Eesti
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 51
Muu teave
05
Register
51
2010-03-02 10:58:10
.
.
.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
, jpeg, ,
, 4:3,
. , , .
, .
.
.
.
. ,
.
, . .
.
(, ) .
- .
, Samsung Electronics.
xx .
.
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
10 cm
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 2
2010-03-02 10:58:10
8
11
4
5
6
7
7
Plug & Play ( )
8 AV
9
10
11
11 INFO
11
13
15
17
19
22
23
23
24
30
37
40
Media Play
Anynet+
AllShare
43
44
46
46
47
50
51
Kensington
42
t
TOOLS
TOOLS
.
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 3
2010-03-02 10:58:12
, . -
, .
.
, , .
yy 2 (AAA)
yy
yy ,
( )
yy
yy
(M4 X L8)
yy
yy
(4 .)
yy -
yy
yy
yy SCART
yy
yy AV
. .
5 . (M4 X L12)
5 . (M4 X L8)
yy (1 .)
yy (1 .)
yy (10 .)
,
.
yy 14 (0,55 )
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 4
2010-03-02 10:58:14
01
SOURCEE
MENU
Y
.
.
, ENTERE
.
, .
. Y ,
.
. z ,
.
; .
P ()
(, ). ,
. .
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 5
2010-03-02 10:58:15
. ,
.
..
POWER
ON/OFF
.
,
. (
.)
SOURCE
(. 10).
..
, . ..
PRE-CH
TTX/MIX
.
.
.
CH LIST
(. 13).
MENU
MIDEA.P
GUIDE
TOOLS
INFO
RETURN
EXIT
.
.
, Media Play ..
(. 11).
.
D
P.MODE
S.MODE
DUAL
AD
P.SIZE
SUBT.
Media Play
Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) (. 30, 37).
(: Y
Samsung
Anynet+)
P.MODE:
(. 15).
S.MODE: (. 17).
DUAL f-g:
(. 19).
AD:
(. 18).
.
P.SIZE:
(. 16).
SUBT.:
(. 20).
( : AAA)
xx
7 .
xx .
.
xx .
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 6
2010-03-02 10:58:16
01
: .
VHF/UHF
ANT OUT
, .
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
POWER
ENTERE.
.
ENTERE.
yy .
.
yy
: .
,
MENU 5 .
ENTERE.
. , .
ENTERE.
.
ENTERE.
. ,
() .
(. 13).
, ENTERE .
.
, ENTERE.
, ENTERE.
( )
,
c . .
! ENTERE.
Plug & Play ( ). 4- PIN-. PIN- 0-0-00. PIN-, PIN.
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 7
2010-03-02 10:58:16
AV
HDMI HDMI/DVI: ( 1080p)
: DVD-, Blu-Ray, /
()
DVD/ Blu-ray
HDMI OUT
DVD/ Blu-ray
DVI OUT
AUDIO OUT
R-AUDIO-L
DVD-, / (),
/ () DVI-HDMI
DVI-HDMI. PC/DVI AUDIO IN.
xx ( DVD, Blu-ray,
()) HDMI 1.3,
, , , .
xx HDMI, HDMI .
, 1.3, , HDMI
.
xx HDMI.
.
( 1080p) -/ ( 480i) Scart
: DVD-, Blu-Ray,
(),
DVD/ Blu-ray
COMPONENT OUT
PB
VHS
AUDIO OUT
AUDIO OUT
R-AUDIO-L
R-AUDIO-L
VIDEO OUT
EXT
/
DVD-
PR
MPEG SD .
, /
.
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 8
2010-03-02 10:58:18
02
()
: , , DVD-
OPTICAL
xx 5.1- , ,
5.1- .
xx ( ) , .
,
5.1. , HDMI,
DVD-, Blu-ray,
(), 2- .
5.1- , DVD-, Blu-ray,
()
.
H: .
.
xx .
xx .
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 9
2010-03-02 10:58:18
COMMON INTERFACE
CI CARD
CI+ CARD.
yy ,
.
yy 2-3
, ,
CI CARD CI+ CARD,
. ,
.
yy , ,
,
, .
, DVD-,
Blu-ray,
().
/ / / AV / /
HDMI1/DVI / HDMI2 / HDMI3 / HDMI4 /
USB
SOURCE
. .
/ DVD / /
/ PVR / AV /
/ / / DVI / DVI
/ / IP- / Blu-ray / HD DVD / DMA:
, ,
.
HDMI IN 1(DVI)
1920 x 1080 60 ,
DVI PC
. ..
HDMI IN 1(DVI)
HDMI/DVI, DVI PC
DVI . ..
10
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 10
2010-03-02 10:58:19
,
, ,
.
CH LIST
MENU
MIDEA.P
GUIDE
TOOLS
INFO
RETURN
EXIT
1
2
D
1 ENTERE / :
P.MODE
S.MODE
DUAL
.
.
INFO
INFO
.
,
.
yy
, .
yy
, .
,
ENTERE.
03
PRE-CH
TTX/MIX
DEF
18:11 6
DTV Air
15
2 RETURN:AD
P.SIZE
.
SUBT.
18:00 ~ 6:00
Unclassified
No Detaild Information
3 MENU: .
4 EXIT: .
,
.
MENU m
2
3
4
5
6
7
ENTER E
/
/
ENTER E
EXIT e
:
, , ,
, , ,
.
.
ENTERE
.
.
.
.
ENTERE
.
EXIT.
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 11
GUIDE
(EPG)
.
,
,
,
.
.
2:10 1
800 five
.. -
27
Discovery
28
DiscoveryH&L
800
five
24
price-drop.tv
16
QVC
6
R4DTT
18:00 - 19:00
American Chopper
Programmes resume at 06:00
Home and...
)Family Affairs
No Information
QVC Selection
No Information
+24
19:00 - 20:00
Tine Team
Fiv...
)Dark Angel
k E
11
2010-03-02 10:58:21
2:10 1
DTV Air 800 five
Family Affairs
18:00 - 18:30
* : .
: ,
.
Drama
800 five
: .
xx
18:30
19:15
800
800
)Family Affairs
)Dark Angel
five
five
():
.
xx B ():
.
xx
.
(.): ,
.
(+24 ): ,
24 .
(..): ,
... ( , , ,
/. , 1-4 )
:
.
5 k ():
.
6 ENTERE
,
.
,
.
, ENTERE
.
xx
():
,
.
c.
():
.
xx k ():
.
xx T ():
. (
.)
A
c
*
(
\
)
.
.
, .
.
.
.
, ,
.
,
.
12
c1
2
15
/.
3
23
33
32
5
4
27
1futech
* 24ore.tv
abc1
BBC World
bid-up.tv
Boonerang
Cartoon Nwk
Class News
\ Coming Soon
Discovery
k T
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 12
2010-03-02 10:58:23
03
: a
.
( )
.
t:
.
*
.
1. TOOLS.
2. 1, 2, 3 4
.
xx .
3. ,
.
c1
2
15
/.
3
23
33
32
5
4
27
.
, PIN-.
( / )t:
.
(. . / /
): .
1futech
* 24ore.tv
abc1
BBC World
. .
bid-up.tv
.
Boonerang
Nwk
Cartoon
ClassdNews
\ Coming Soon
Discovery
k T
:
.
PIN-. 4- PIN-.
CH LIST
. .
:
.
( / / ):
.
,
. c , , ,
.
( / ):
. c .
. c:
, . c
.
: . (
).
: .
:
.
( / )
:
.
, (
).
PIN-.
: ,
, .
: ,
,
(, ,
, , ):
, .
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 13
13
2010-03-02 10:58:24
xx P ( ):
P0
P99. ,
.
xx C ( ) / S (
):
, .
( )
1. TOOLS.
/ :
.
xx ,
..
xx PIN-. 4- PIN-
2.
. .
( ):
.
.
(
): .
: ,
.
. ( ):
.
/ :
.
( )
,
.
/ :
( ).
: .
PIN-. 4- PIN-.
.
USB.
USB: USB.
USB: USB.
,
USB.
( )
, ,
.
: ,
.
: ,
.
:
.
( / , .
., , / ).
.
1. TOOLS.
: ,
( ).
2. .
/ : ,
,
.
( )
,
.
*.
, .
14
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 14
2010-03-02 10:58:24
.
:
.
P.MODE
:
.
(. / 15 / 30 / 60 ):
,
.
,
.
:
.
: .
( )
,
.
/ / / /
/ (/)
.
xx , , AV PAL
(/) .
xx
, .
xx
, .
. (. / / /
/ . / ) t:
.
. ,
. ,
, .
. . (. / .):
.
. : . .
.,
.
. .
., (
)
.
03
, , .
.
: .
: -2
:0
RGB
: .
U E R
(. / / / ):
.
(. / / / ):
.
( -2 +2):
.
Gamma: .
RGB (. / /
/ ): (/)
,
(DVD-,
..).
. .
..
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 15
15
2010-03-02 10:58:25
. ( / ) :
,
.
. .: 4:3.
.
:
.
: 16:9 (
) .
.
: . / : . / : .:
(, , ).
: . / : . / : .:
(, , ).
:
.
: .
(. / .):
.
. (. / .):
.
4:3:
.
4:3
.
( ),
.
. :
HDMI
(720p/1080i/1080p) Component (1080i/1080p).
,
.
xx ,
.
xx 16:9 4:3.
xx
: a
: 16:9
MPEG
HDMI
, .
xx .
xx . ,
HDMI 720p, ,
, ,
.
: .
U E R
(. / . / 1 / 2)
1 2
.
, .
: /
.
16:9.
xx
P.SIZE
(16:9 / . . / / 4:3):
,
a.
4:3 WSS ( )
.
.
,
HDMI.
a:
16:9.
16:9: 16:9
DVD- .
16
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 16
2010-03-02 10:58:26
(
Windows XP)
Windows
,
. (
,
Samsung.)
1. Windows.
:
.
.
03
. (. / / /
/ / ):
,
. ,
.
MPEG (. / /
/ / ): MPEG
.
2.
,
.
HDMI (. / ):
.
3. ,
.
HDMI ( RGB).
"" (. / 1 / 2):
,
.
, AV, (480i/1080i)
HDMI (480i/1080i).
(2 / 4 / 8 / 10
/ .):
,
,
,
.
( / )
.
4.
.
yy (): 1920 X
1080 .
yy
,
60 60 . ,
, OK.
:
.
S.MODE
:
.
:
.
:
.
,
.
:
.
HDMI/DVI.
/ : .
,
, .
,
, .
:
( / / / ).
.:
.
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 17
17
2010-03-02 10:58:26
(
).
./.:
.
100 / 300 / 1 / 3 / 10 (
):
.
:
.
..
./.
( )
,
.
t
( )
, .
( )
-
.
.
Audio Description ( )
( ) (
)
AD ( ),
.
AD
(. / .):
.
Volume ():
.
(. / . / )
,
..
:
.
.
.
. (. . /
. )
-
.
. ..
. .,
MUTE , ,
.
.
. .
xx . : ., . .: .
.
.
xx . : ., . .: .
-
( )
DTV (MPEG / HE-AAC):
,
.
MPEG / HE-AAC
-10 0 .
0 -10
18
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 18
2010-03-02 10:58:27
:
.
OO
INFO.
( / )
. .
:
, , , . .
,
.
( ):
.
,
.
(OK / )
. f-g
.
DUAL
03
SPDIF: SPDIF
, Sony
Philips.
,
, DVD-.
:
(SPDIF),
: PCM Dolby Digital.
5.1-
Dolby Digital.
:
,
,
AV- (0 250 ).
Dolby Digital (Line / RF):
Dolby Digital ( MPEG,
HE-AAC, ATV).
,
Line;
, RF.
Line: ,
-31
, -20 , -31 .
RF: ,
-20
, -10 , -20 .
t:
. (30, 60, 90,
120, 150 180 ).
..
A2
NICAM
Dual f-g
Dual
Dual f Dual g
Dual f
Dual g
Dual
Dual f
.
1/ 2/ 3:
/ .
.
1
.
00
00
Dual f
,
.
.
,
00
10
00
TV
ATV
L U E R
( ) .
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 19
19
2010-03-02 10:58:27
. / .: (, )
(/). (
, .)
: .
:
( USB)
. (USB ,
USB.)
(
): ATV DTV.
(
): .
(
USB ):
USB
.
USB
, .
USB
, - .
,
.
USB
.
USB , ,
USB,
.
: , ., -, -,
- ,
.
.
c.
(
): 3
.
PIN-.
4- PIN-.
. : ( ):
(, )
4- PIN-.
\.
. : .
20
Change PIN:
, .
PIN-,
0-0-0-0: POWER
( ) MUTE 8 2 4 POWER
( ).
: .
: .
,
.
( /
/ /
/
/ ): ,
.
SUBT.
(. / .):
.
(. / . ):
.
:
.
. ,
.
. .
,
.
( / )
( )
,
.
( / / )
.
(. 24).
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 20
2010-03-02 10:58:28
(. / .):
, PlayStation Xbox,
.
PIP t
xx
,
. .
.
xx ,
.
xx
.,
. ,
.
xx .:
, .
.
( / ):
.
(. / / / ):
,
.
-
.
, PIP (
) .
(PIP)
03
xx PIP .
.
xx PIP,
, PIP
.
xx , PIP
.
xx PIP
, HDMI1/DVI,
HDMI2, HDMI3, HDMI4,
CI: CAM.
CI PC Card.
: CAM,
CI, CI CARD CI+
CARD, CAM. CAM
,
.
1. CI CAM
.
2. CI CARD CI+ CARD CAM
, .
3. CAM CI CARD CI+ CARD
COMMON INTERFACE ,
, , .
4. ,
.
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 21
21
2010-03-02 10:58:28
. .
( / ):
.
( / ):
.
, .
. .
,
.
. .,
MUTE.
. : ( )
,
. ,
.
:
, .
,
Samsung.
- samsung.com
USB.
,
.
:
//_.
2010/01/18_000001
USB
:
.
.
. .
- ,
. .
,
USB.
:
.
USB:
USB
-
www.samsung.com.
USB Drive
USB
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
, .
. .:
.
,
.
,
.
( ):
,
. ,
.
. .
: .
2010/01/15_00000
c
.
U E R
Samsung
. ,
.
Samsung
.
22
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 22
2010-03-02 10:58:29
04
HDMI/DVI D-sub
AUDIO OUT
DVI OUT
AUDIO OUT
PC OUT
( D-Sub HDMI/DVI)
: 1920 X 1080, 60 .
()
()
()
(/)
IBM
640 x 350
720 x 400
31.469
31.469
70.086
70.087
25.175
28.322
+/-/+
MAC
640 x 480
832 x 624
1152 x 870
35.000
49.726
68.681
66.667
74.551
75.062
30.240
57.284
100.000
-/-/-/-
VESA CVT
720 x 576
1152 x 864
1280 x 720
1280 x 960
35.910
53.783
56.456
75.231
59.950
59.959
74.777
74.857
32.750
81.750
95.750
130.000
-/+
-/+
-/+
-/+
VESA DMT
640 x 480
640 x 480
640 x 480
800 x 600
800 x 600
800 x 600
1024 x 768
1024 x 768
1024 x 768
1152 x 864
1280 x 1024
1280 x 1024
1280 x 720
1280 x 800
1280 x 800
1280 x 960
1360 x 768
1440 x 900
1440 x 900
1680 x 1050
31.469
37.861
37.500
37.879
48.077
46.875
48.363
56.476
60.023
67.500
63.981
79.976
45.000
49.702
62.795
60.000
47.712
55.935
70.635
65.290
59.940
72.809
75.000
60.317
72.188
75.000
60.004
70.069
75.029
75.000
60.020
75.025
60.000
59.810
74.934
60.000
60.015
59.887
74.984
59.954
25.175
31.500
31.500
40.000
50.000
49.500
65.000
75.000
78.750
108.000
108.000
135.000
74.250
83.500
106.500
108.000
85.500
106.500
136.750
146.250
-/-/-/+/+
+/+
+/+
-/-/+/+
+/+
+/+
+/+
+/+
-/+
-/+
+/+
+/+
-/+
-/+
-/+
VESA GTF
1280 x 720
1280 x 1024
52.500
74.620
70.000
70.000
89.040
128.943
-/+
-/-
1920 x 1080p
67.500
60.000
148.500
+/+
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 23
23
2010-03-02 10:58:31
,
.
:
yy ,
Cat 5. . .
(ADSL / VDSL / )
yy , IP , . Cat 5. .
.
IP-
( DHCP)
(ADSL / VDSL / )
yy
5. . .
, - .
, ADSL ,
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol). , DHCP,
IP-, , DNS,
, . .
IP-. IP-,
IP-,
, DNS. IP-, , DNS,
. Windows, .
ADSL, DHCP, , IP-.
ADSL, DHCP, IP-.
24
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 24
2010-03-02 10:58:34
()
,
DHCP.
, :
,
IP-.
Windows
:
1.
.
2. , MENU
,
ENTERE.
3.
, ENTERE.
.
2.
..
3.
.
4. .
.
, :
1. 1 6
.
U E R
4. .
5. .
6. .
.
..
IP-
DNS
DNS
1. ,
.
04
()
2. ..
.
3.
.
4. IP-,
, DNS.
,
.
5. RETURN
.
6.
.
U E R
7. ..
.
8.
.
9
RETURN
.
10.
.
11.
,
.
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 25
25
2010-03-02 10:58:34
,
Samsung (WIS09ABGN), USB . .
.
IP-
( DHCP)
Samsung
Samsung ,
- Samsungparts.com. Samsung
IEEE 802.11A/B/G N. Samsung IEEE 802.11N.
IEEE 802.11B/G .
xx , Samsung (WIS09ABGN).
xx Samsung . WIS09ABGN
, - Samsungparts.com.
xx IP- .
IP- DHCP,
DHCP IP-.
xx IP- .
, , .
xx , , .
xx High-throughput (Greenfield) 802.11n
WEP, TKIP TKIP-AES (WPS2Mixed), Samsung
Wi-Fi.
xx , , ,
Samsung.
xx : .
xx PBC (WPS)
xx ( )
xx
xx Ad-Hoc
xx Samsung USB .
USB .
26
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 26
2010-03-02 10:58:35
04
1
USB
,
Samsung. , :
2
(PBC (WPS))
7.
.
PBC (WPS)
8. 2 PBC
(WPS) .
,
.
PBC (WPS),
.
1. ,
.
2. , MENU
,
ENTERE.
3.
, ENTERE.
4. .
5.
.
6. .
.
..
IP-
DNS
DNS
9.
RETURN, .
()
,
,
).
(
),
.
.
PBC (WPS) U E R
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 27
27
2010-03-02 10:58:36
, :
1. 1 6
PBC (WPS) (. 27).
2. ..
, ENTERE.
,
ENTERE.
3.
, ENTERE.
.
.
4.
, ENTERE.
,
.
5. /PIN,
6. ,
10.
6.
PIN.
( ).
.
8.
.
.
.
.
,
, ENTERE.
,
.
9.
.
.
10. ,
, ENTERE.
.
11. , RETURN
,
ENTERE.
(Ad-Hoc)
,
Samsung .
: 0
A
0~9
n E R
7. .
,
.
1. 1 6
PBC (WPS) (. 27).
2. . .
3.
.
". .
. Wi-Fi . . .
. . . Wi-Fi .
. .
.
?)".
4.
, .
1. 1 6
PBC (WPS) (. 27).
2. . .
3. .
4. , .
,
.
.
28
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 28
2010-03-02 10:58:36
,
.
-
,
MAC- (
) ,
.
MAC-,
MAC-
.
,
(, ).
,
, .
.
-
.
.
,
, Samsung Electronics
1-800-SAMSUNG.
Windows
:
1.
.
2. .
3.
.
4. .
.
, :
1. 1 6
PBC (WPS) (. 27).
2. ..
, ENTERE.
,
ENTERE.
04
()
3.
(IP-).
4. .
5.
.
,
.
6. IP-,
.
7. DNS.
8.
DNS. , .
9. ,
. ,
ENTERE.
10. 4
(. 28) .
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 29
29
2010-03-02 10:58:37
Media Play
, / ,
USB MSC (Mass Storage
Class) / .
MEDIA.P
MediaPlay
SUM
E R
USB
1.
2.
USB, ,
/ , USB 1 (HDD) USB 2 .
3.
USB .
Media Play.
USB
, , , Media
Play.
(ADSL/VDSL/Cable TV)
1.
2.
Samsung IP
. . (. 24).
. 3 , IP-
, ( ) .
(, IP-: 123.456.789.**)
, Samsung PC Share Manager,
.
().
30
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 30
2010-03-02 10:58:38
04
, .
Divx DRM,
.
.
xx .
xx .
xx . .
. . (
, .)
xx .
xx ,
.
xx .
xx , .
xx (REW) (FF) .
.
, Media Play
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 31
31
2010-03-02 10:58:39
,
/// ENTERE (.).
.
Media Play.
:
,
.
Movie 01.avi
Movie 03.avi
Movie 05.avi
:
.
Movie 02.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 04.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 06.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 07.avi
SUM
Jan.10.2010
,
.
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Movie 08.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 09.avi
1/1
/Movie 01.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 10.avi
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
. T
( .): .
B (): . (
)
(): . .
(.): .
T : .
(REW) (FF)
.
1. , ENTERE Media Play.
2. /// .
3. ENTERE ().
.
.
.
,
.
yy
00:04:03 / 00:07:38
MPEG-4,
.ttxt
XML
SAMI
.smi
HTML
SubRip
.srt
SubViewer
.sub
Micro DVD
.sub .txt
32
1/1
Movie 01.avi
SUM
E L T R
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 32
2010-03-02 10:58:41
*.avi
*.mkv
AVI
MKV
*.asf
ASF
*.wmv
ASF
*.mp4
MP4
(/)
(bps)
Divx 3.11/4.x/5.1/6.0
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
XviD
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
H.264 BP/MP/HP
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP/ASP
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
Divx 3.11/4.x/5.1/6.0
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
XviD
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
H.264 BP/MP/HP
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP/ASP
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
25
H.264 BP/MP/HP
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP/ASP
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
XVID
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
H.264 BP/MP/HP
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG4 SP/ASP
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
*.3gp
3GPP
*.vro
VRO
VOB
MPEG1
1920 x 1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
MPEG2
1920 x 1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
MPEG1
1920 x 1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
*.mpg
*.mpeg
PS
MPEG2
1920 x 1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
*.ts
*.tp
*.trp
TS
H.264
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
25
MPEG2
1920 x 1080
24 / 25 / 30
30
H.264
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
25
VC1
1920 x 1080
6 ~ 30
25
04
yy
WMA
MP3 / ADPCM / AAC
xx .
xx , .
xx , /
, .
xx () .
WMA 7, 8, 9, STD
WMA 9 PRO
.
WMA 22050 () .
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 33
33
2010-03-02 10:58:41
( .)
,
.
1.
, .
2. () / ENTERE.
00:04:03 / 00:07:38
1/1
Movie 01.avi
3. . ( .), .
,
.
.
. .
. ,
.
.
.
SUM
. E L T R
1. ,
ENTERE Media Play.
..
2. ///
.
3. ENTERE ().
.
(REW) (FF)
.
MP3 PCM.
I Love You
Jhon
I Love you
Jhon
1st Album
Pop
2010
4.2MB
No Singer
3/15
Music 1
Music 2
No Singer
Music 3
No Singer
01:10 / 04:02
Music 4
No Singer
Music 5
No Singer
SUM
E L T R
,
USB.
MP3 , . (
MP3 .)
( -)
1. ,
ENTERE Media Play.
Image1024.jpg
1024x768
2010/2/1
3/15
2. ///
.
3. ENTERE ().
,
() / ENTERE
, -.
- .
-
.
SUM
E L ./ T R
-,
..
BGM ,
BGM.
34
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 34
2010-03-02 10:58:45
04
1. ,
.
: 2 1/1
/Movie 01.avi
Movie 01.avi
Movie 02.avi
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
Movie 03.avi
2. ,
.
Movie 04.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 05.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 06.avi
Jan.10.2010
Movie 07.avi
xx c.
xx , .
xx , TOOLS
Jan.10.2010
Movie 09.avi
Movie 10.avi
Jan.10.2010
SUM
Jan.10.2010
Movie 08.avi
Jan.10.2010
Jan.10.2010
. T
3. TOOLS .
..
,
1. ,
.
2. TOOLS . . ..
Media Play
, .
. , .
>
>
>
///
.
>
>
>
.
.
>
>
>
. .
, .
>
>
. .
, .
>
>
>
>
>
.
.
>
.
(-) .
>
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 35
35
2010-03-02 10:58:47
//
TOOLS.
>
>
>
>
.
, .
>
-.
. -
- .
>
-.
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
. . ( .) (./.):
.
DivX VOD : .
- DivX , ,
. Media Play,
.
DivX - www.DivX.com.
36
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 36
2010-03-02 10:58:48
04
Anynet+
Anynet+ ,
Samsung, Anynet+. Anynet+
Samsung, Anynet+. , Samsung
, , Anynet+.
Anynet+ 1
Anynet+ 2, 3, 4
Anynet+? t
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
xx .
, .
5.1- , DIGITAL AUDIO OUT (OPTICAL) DVD- /
/ (.. Anynet 1 2) ,
.
xx .
xx Anynet+ HDMI. HDMI
Anynet+.
xx Anynet+ , , Anynet+, .
xx Anynet+ 12 AV. .
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 37
37
2010-03-02 10:58:48
Anynet+
Anynet+ Anynet+, .
Anynet+
(_) MENU
(_) INFO
: (* )
:
(* )
Anynet+ -.
Anynet+.
. :
DVD-, DVD-.
. :
DVD-,
DVD-.
. ( ,
.)
.
.
, (* ),
, (*_).
Anynet+
Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) (. / .): Anynet+, Anynet+
(HDMI-CEC) ..
Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) , , Anynet+, .
( / ): Anynet+ .
Anynet+ .
, .
, Anynet+
1. Anynet+, .
, , .
2. ENTERE. .
Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) .
.
xx 2 .
.
xx SOURCE, Anynet+ . ,
Anynet+, .
Samsung .
1. .
xx .
.
, ,
.
2. , EXIT.
, : (_).
(REC) , .
.
, .
. .
38
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 38
2010-03-02 10:58:48
04
( .
(, ).
1. ..
2. , EXIT.
, .
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT
(OPTICAL) .
( ) .,
. 5.1,
5.1. ,
DVD-, HDMI,
2- .
xx Anynet+ ,
.
xx .
, Anynet+.
xx Anynet+ .
Anynet+
Anynet+ .
, Anynet+. Anynet+
Anynet+.
( ).
Anynet+.
-/-/HDMI- Anynet+.
, Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) Anynet+ ..
, .
, Anynet+.
Anynet+ . ( , Media Play
Plug & Play ( ) ..)
HDMI
.
, Anynet+ Anynet+ .
Anynet+.
Anynet+ , ,
Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) Anynet+ ..
TOOLS Anynet+ .
Anynet+.
Anynet+ .
SOURCE ,
Anynet+.
P >/< PRE-CH, . ( ,
, Anynet+ .)
Anynet+.
Anynet+
.
Anynet+
.
Anynet+
.
, .
, Anynet+.
HDMI.
, Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) Anynet+ ..
Anynet+.
Anynet+ HDMI. HDMI
Anynet+.
, HDMI
, , .
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 39
39
2010-03-02 10:58:49
. / / ScreenShare
AllShare
AllShare
AllShare
,
, .
, SMS
, . ,
(),
, ,
.
-
.
- www.samsung.com
Samsung.
. .
.
,
.,
ScreenShare.
,
AllShare.
. / :
.
: .
.
.
. Function
,
SMS , ,
.
AllShare
xx ,
xx OK, .
. .
AllShare.
. (. / .):
( SMS
, ).
(. / .):
. ,
,
,
, AllShare.
ScreenShare (. / .):
ScreenShare,
.
. : ,
.
. ,
AllShare
3/7
, ,
.
.OK
xx
, Media Play ..
.
xx
,
AllShare
.
SMS, .
OK .
SMS
. .
.
: .
: .
ScreenShare
: .
ScreenShare
E R e
R
40
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 40
2010-03-02 10:58:49
ScreenShare Function
, .
Screenshare
-,
. ScreenShare,
,
. , ,
,
.
,
. ,
,
SMS .
.
. .
.
Function
,
(, , ).
3 .
RETURN EXIT,
.
xx
xx Samsung
ScreenShare
;
ScreenShare.
xx
.
xx Doc Viewer
doc, .
xx ,
.
. ENTERE,
.
.
-
.
,
., ..
( )
AllShare.
: ,
,
.
,
..
xx
,
.
AllShare.
xx ,
,
.
xx ENTERE / .
.
04
My Mobile
Contacts
Calendar
Doc Viewer
E
Samsung
,
Samsung,
ScreenShare.
,
POWER, Y, P</> MUTE.
)
,
.
xx ,
.
.
.
xx
,
AllShare.
Media Play .
. Media Play (. 30).
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 41
41
2010-03-02 10:58:50
.
. ,
.
.
1 / ( /
):
.
,
.
2 8 ():
.
3 4 ():
.
, .
.
4 9 ():
,
,
. ,
.
5 (,
, , ):
FASTEXT,
,
,
. ,
.
,
.
.
,
.
6 0 ():
(LIST/FLOF).
LIST,
.
8
().
7 1 ( ):
.
42
SOURCE
PRE-CH
TTX/MIX
7
8
CH LIST
MENU
0
3
4
5
TOOLS
INFO
RETURN
EXIT
2 ( ):
.
3 ( ):
.
6 ():
()
.
5 ():
(,
).
..
7 ():
.
8
9
0
B
C
D
E
F
.
.
.
.
.
.
FASTEXT.
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 42
2010-03-02 10:58:51
05
, .
1
2
.
.
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 43
43
2010-03-02 10:58:54
,
.
, .
1. , .
2. .
3. , .
. SAMSUNG
1.
( ) .
. , .
.
Samsung Electronics ,
.
44
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 44
2010-03-02 10:58:56
05
(VESA)
.
.
.
, .
xx .
xx .
xx , VESA.
xx , VESA.
.
xx , VESA,
.
xx , ,
. Samsung .
xx Samsung ,
VESA ,
.
xx 15.
[]
VESA
(A * B)
19~22
75 X 75
23~29
200 X 100
32~37
200 X 200
40~55
400 X 400
56~65
600 X 400
M4
M8
, .
.
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 45
45
2010-03-02 10:58:57
Kensington
Samsung Kensington.
, .
.
Kensington . .
1
2
K . Kensington
K.
1. Kensington,
1,
2.
3
<>
2. Kensington 3.
3. Kensington
.
.
Kensington .
: , , .
, ,
. ,
.
, .
1. . ,
.
, , .
,
, .
2. ,
, .
.
.
xx 19 ~ 22 : M4
xx 23-65 : M8
3. , , ,
, , .
xx , .
xx ,
xx , .
4. , .
, .
,
.
46
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 46
2010-03-02 10:58:58
05
, ,
. ( MENU ) (. 22)
,
.
, .
, , .
, - www.samsung.com,
, .
/,
. , HDMI
.
/ : .
: , ,
.
,
.
/ ,
1080i 720p.
, ,
.
: ,
, , .
;
,
.
.
.
.
.
. ( / /
/ ) (. 15)
. . ( MENU
. ) (. 15).
, . (
MENU ) (. 17)
. , 16:9 (. 16).
/.
- .
AV, ()
1 .
,
.
, .
. 20 .
, 1080i 720p.
, ,
.
( MENU ) (. 22)
,
.
, , .
, .
. . (. 18).
,
.
( HDMI,
HDMI).
DVI-HDMI, .
, , .
. , .
.
.
.
.
POWER ,
. ,
.
, . (. 19).
, .
.
, 10 ~ 15
.
-/
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 47
47
2010-03-02 10:58:58
/.
( ,
).
( /,
DVD Blu-ray ..) , . ,
HDMI, HDMI .
, .
, ; SOURCE
.
- ( /)
.
: ,
, , .
.
Plug & Play ( ),
. MENU Plug & Play (
) , (. 7).
.
;
,
.
.
.
,
, (. 23).
,
.
; ,
.
,
.
HDMI, .
USB- Samsung.
, (. 26).
, IP-
().
(4:3),
, .
, , ,
.
.
( )
.
, (+/-).
, .
1,5-2
.
/.
/,
. SAMSUNG
/.
. . . 23.
, .
. .
( )
(. 22).
. ,
.
().
30
.
,
30 .
Plug & Play ( ). SOURCE, ,
MENU Plug & Play ( ) ENTERE (. 7).
.
.
, .
90 .
48
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 48
2010-03-02 10:58:58
05
PIP .
PIP , , HDMI,
(. 21).
/ .
45 ,
.
/.
/.
, ,
.
,
.
. .
.
Dolby Laboratories.
Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent #s: 5,451,942; 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; 6,487,535
& other U.S. and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS and the Symbol are registered trademarks. & DTS
2.0+ Digital Out and the DTS logos are trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product Includes software. DTS, Inc. All
Rights Reserved.
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO: DivX is a digital video format created by DivX,Inc. This is an official DivX Certified device that plays DivX video. Visit www.divx.com for
more information and software tools to convert your files into DivX video.
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO-ON-DEMAND: This DivX Certified device must be registered in order to play DivX Video-on-Demand (VOD) content.
To generate the registration code, locate the DivX VOD section in the device setup menu.
Go to vod.divx.com with this code to complete the registration process and learn more about DivX VOD. Pat. 7,295,673; 7,460,688; 7,519,274
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 49
49
2010-03-02 10:58:59
1920 x 1080 60
HDMI IN 1 ~ 4
( / )
-20 ~ 20
UE32C5000
UE37C5000
()
32
37
()
10 X 2
(xx)
8,2
11,0
10,6
14,2
UE40C5000
UE46C5000
()
40
46
()
10 X 2
(xx)
12,1
15,7
15,7
19,7
.
.
50
5.BN68-02656G-00Rus.indd 50
2010-03-02 3:10:35
05
AllShare
Anynet+
40
37
E
EPG (Electronic Programme Guide)
11
H
8, 37
Media Play
30
P
PIP ( )
Plug & Play
21
7
15
17
13
16
18
6
14
. .
.
32
18
14
18
18
5
18
. .
USB
PIN
.
20
5
3
22
12
11
ON/OFF
4, 43
6
8
49
44
38
9, 37
36
23
HDMI
15
15
22, 30
12
9, 37
21
13
13
34
11
35
44
25
9
22
24
3
34
10
20
19
19
16
16
50
14
17
13
16, 36
. .
10
14
17
5
RGB
15
22
23
35
16
36
36
9
23
47
39
21
2
6
36
33
34
19
15
15
18
15
20
15
[5100_Baltic]BN68-02656G-00L05.indb 51
51
2010-03-02 10:59:00